Philips Chassis L04L AA

Colour Television
Chassis
L04L
AA
E_14480_000.eps 120204
Contents
Page
Contents
8. 9. LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Diagram H) Front Interface Panel (Diagram J) Alignments Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List IC Data Sheets Spare Parts List (not applicable) Revision List
Page
70 72 73 81 91 92 93 94 71 72
1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview 2 2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes 4 3. Directions for Use 6 4. Mechanical Instructions 24 5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Faultfinding 26 6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms Wiring Diagram 37 Block Diagram Supply and Deflection 38 Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier 39 Block Diagram Video 40 Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel 41 Block Diagram Audio/Control 42 I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 43 7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram Power Supply (Diagram A1) 44 Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply) 45 Deflection (Diagram A2) 46 Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection) 47 Tuner IF (Diagram A3) 48 Hercules (Diagram A4) 49 Features & Connectivities (Diagram A5) 50 Class D - Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6) 51 Audio Amplifier (Diagram A7) 52 Rear I/O Cinch (Diagram A8) 53 Front Control (Diagram A9) 54 DVD Power Supply (Reserved) (Diagram A10)55 CRT Panel (Diagram B1) 62 ECO Scavem Panel (Diagram B2) 63 Side AV + Headphone Panel (Diagram D) 66 Top Control Panel (Diagram E) 68 Linearity & Panorama Panel (Diagram G) 69
10 11
PWB 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 56-61 64-65 64-65 67 68 69
Copyright 2004 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.
Published by BB 0463 Service PaCE
Printed in the Netherlands
Subject to modification
EN 3122 785 14440
EN 2
1.
L04L AA
Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview
1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

Notes: Described specifications are valid for the whole (LATAM) product range. Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.
1.2
Connections
Note: The following connector color abbreviations are used (acc. to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy= Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.
1.1
1.1.1
Technical Specifications
Reception Display type Screen size : : : : : : : : : : : : : : CRT-DV-SF 25 (63 cm), 4:3 28 (70 cm), 16:9 29 (72 cm), 4:3 32 (82 cm), 16:9 PLL NTSC M, or TriNorma BTSC, or BTSC + SAP 181, full cable 45.75 MHz 75 ohm, F-type PAL B/G (pb)
1.2.1
Top Control and Front / Side Connections
FRONT I/O
Tuning system Color systems Sound systems Channel selections IF picture carrier Aerial input A/V Connections 1.1.2 Miscellaneous Audio output:
RED IR LIGHT SENSOR LED (OPTIONAL) TOP CONTROL
- VOLUME
- PROGRAM +
SIDE I/O
: 2x5W : 2 x 10 W
Power supply: - Mains voltage range - Mains frequency Ambient conditions: - Temperature range - Maximum humidity Power consumption: - Normal operation - Standby
R AUDIO L VIDEO
: 90 - 276 V_ac : 50 / 60 Hz
E_14480_045.eps 170204
Figure 1-1 Top control and Front / Side connections : +5 to +45 deg. C : 90% R.H. Audio / Video In Ye - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm Rd - Audio - R 0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm Bk - Headphone 8 - 600 Ohm / 4 mW 1.2.2 Rear Connections
: from 56 W (25) : to 70 W (32) : <1W
jq jq jq ot
75 Ohm
MONITOR OUT VIDEO L/Mono AUDIO R Pr Y Pb
AV1 IN V L R V L R
AV2 IN
S-VIDEO
E_14480_047.eps 110204
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
Figure 1-2 Rear connections Aerial In - F-type
Coax, 75 ohm
Monitor Out Ye - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm YUV In Bu - U Rd - V Gn - Y
kq kq kq
0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm
jq jq jq
Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

AV1 In Ye - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm AV2 In Ye - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm AV2 In (SVHS) 1 - Ground 2 - Ground 3 -Y 4 -C jq jq jq
L04L AA
1.
EN 3
jq jq jq
GND GND 1 V_pp / 75 ohm 0.3 V_pp / 75 ohm
H H jq jq
1.3
Chassis Overview
B1 B2 D
CRT ECO SCAVEM CRT PANEL TOP CONTROL PANEL
E J
SIDE AV PANEL + HEADPHONE
FRONT INTERFACE PANEL
POWER SUPPLY LINE DEFLECTION
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
E_14480_046.eps 270204
LTI/CTI INTERFACE PANEL
TUNER IF HERCULES FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES CLASS D AUDIO AMPLIFIER MONO CARRIER AUDIO AMPLIFIER REAR I/O CINCH FRONT CONTROL DVD POWER SUPPLY
LINEARITY & PANORAMA PANEL
Figure 1-3 PWB location
EN 4
2.
L04L AA
Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2.1 Safety Instructions
Safety regulations require that during a repair: Due to the chassis concept, a very large part of the circuitry (incl. deflection) is 'hot'. Therefore, connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer. Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h, only by components identical to the original ones. Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard. Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT. Safety regulations require that after a repair, you must return the set in its original condition. Pay, in particular, attention to the following points: General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we advise you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing. In particular this is valid for the: 1. Pins of the line output transformer (LOT). 2. Fly-back capacitor(s). 3. S-correction capacitor(s). 4. Line output transistor. 5. Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil. 6. Other components through which the deflection current flows. Note: This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections, and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years old. Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure them with the mounted cable clamps. Check the insulation of the mains cord for external damage. Check the strain relief of the mains cord for proper function, to prevent the cord from touching the CRT, hot components, or heat sinks. Check the electrical DC resistance between the mains plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have an isolated power supply). Do this as follows: 1. Unplug the mains cord and connect a wire between the two pins of the mains plug. 2. Turn on the main power switch (keep the mains cord unplugged!). 3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the mains plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection of the set. The reading should be between 4.5 M and 12 M. 4. Switch the TV 'off' and remove the wire between the two pins of the mains plug. Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent the possibility of the customer touching any internal parts.
2.3
Warnings
In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors, avoid all high voltage flashovers. In order to prevent damage to the picture tube, use the method shown in Fig. 2-1, to discharge the picture tube. Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position V_dc). Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx. 30 s).
E_06532_007.eps 110204
Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD, w). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that, during repair, you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this potential. Available ESD protection equipment: Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband, connection box, extension cable and ground cable) 4822 310 10671. Wristband tester 4822 344 13999. Together with the deflection unit and any multi-pole unit, flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit. The deflection and the multi-pole units are set optimally at the factory. We do not recommend adjusting this unit during repair. Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section and on the picture tube. Never replace modules or other components while the unit is 'on. When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.
2.4
2.4.1
Notes
General Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground (H), or hot ground (I), depending on the tested area of circuitry. The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for NTSC (channel 3). Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages with (D) and without (E) aerial signal. Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (G) and in standby (F). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.
2.2
Maintenance Instructions
We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel. The interval depends on the usage conditions: When a customer uses the set under normal circumstances, for example in a living room, the recommended interval is three to five years. When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust, grease, or moisture levels, for example in a kitchen, the recommended interval is one year. The maintenance inspection includes the following actions: 1. Perform the 'general repair instruction' noted above. 2. Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the chassis. 3. Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture tube.
Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

The picture tube panel has printed spark gaps. Each spark gap is connected between an electrode of the picture tube and the Aquadag coating. The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists, are interchangeable per position with the semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors.
L04L AA
2.
EN 5
2.4.2
Schematic Notes All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2 indicates 2.2 kohm). Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an "E" or an "R" (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm). All capacitor values are expressed in: micro-farads (= x 10^-6), nano-farads (n= x 10^-9), or pico-farads (p= x 10^-12). Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF). An "asterisk" (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values. The correct component values are listed in the Electrical Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list when there is any doubt.
Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin. Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 217 - 220 deg. C is reached at the solder joint. Do not mix lead-free soldering tin with leaded soldering tin; this will lead to unreliable solder joints! Use only original spare parts listed in this manual. These are lead-free parts! On the website www.atyourservice.ce.philips.com you can find more information on: Aspects of lead-free technology. BGA (de-)soldering, heating-profiles of BGAs used in Philips sets, and others
2.4.3
Practical Service Precautions It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock. While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard. Always respect voltages. While some may not be dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution. Before powering up the TV set with the back cover off (or on a test fixture), attach a clip lead to the CRT DAG ground and to a screwdriver blade that has a well insulated handle. After the TV is powered "on" and high voltage has developed, probe the anode lead with the blade, starting at the case of the High Voltage Transformer (flyback - IFT). Move the blade to within two inches of the connector of the CRT. If there is an arc, you found it the easy way, without getting a shock! If there is an arc to the screwdriver blade, replace the part that is causing the problem: the High Voltage Transformer or the lead (if it is removable).
2.4.4
Lead Free Solder This set is manufactured with lead-free production technology. This is also indicated on the PWB by the PHILIPS lead-free logo (either by a service-printing or by a sticker).
Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo This set is produced with lead-free solder alloy as well as with lead-free sub-parts. It can be considered as lead-free. Due to this fact, some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repair: Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order code 0622 149 00106. If lead-free solder paste is required, please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment.
EN 6
PANEL INDEX
Antenna Connection our homes signal input might come from a single (75 ohm) round cable, a Converter Box, or from an antenna. In either case the connecCombination tion to the TV is very easy. VHF/UHF Antenna
(Outdoor or Indoor)
ANT 75
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in VIDEO Y L/Mono Pb S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT AUDIO
BASIC ANTENNA AND CABLE CONNECTIONS
3.
1 Y
L04L AA
3. Directions for Use
1
300 to 75 Adapter
Back of TV
1
Twin Lead Wire Round Cable 75
Subject Panel No. Active Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Antenna/Cable Basic Connection . . .1 Audio/Video Connections AV1 Input Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Component Video Input Jacks . . . .7 Headphone Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Monitor Output Jacks . . . . . . . . . . .8 S-Video Input Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Side AV Input Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . .5 AutoLock Controls Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Block All Channels . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Block Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Clear All Blocked Channels . . . . .27 Movie Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Other Blocking Options . . . . . . . .30 TV Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Understanding AutoLock . . . . .24 Automatically Programming TV . .13 AutoPicture Control . . . . . . . . . .32 AutoSound Control . . . . . . . . . . .32 Basic Remote Operation . . . . . . . . . .3 Basic Television Operation . . . . . . . .3 If your Cable TV signal or Antenna signal is a round cable (75 ohm) then you're ready to connect to the TV. If your antenna has flat twinlead wire (300 ohm), you first need to attach the antenna wires to the screws on a 300 to 75 ohm adapter. If you have a Cable Converter Box: Connect the Cable TV signal to the Cable Signal IN(put) plug on the Converter.
75
Subject Panel No. Cable Box Connection . . . . . . . . . . .2 Channel Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Clock Controls Activate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Specific Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Start or Stop Time . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Closed Caption Control . . . . . . . . . .31 Demo Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Factory Service Locations . . . . .36-37 Format Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Language Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Picture Menu Controls . . . . . . . . . .15 QuadraSurf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-34 Remote Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Remote Button Descriptions . . . .9-10 Sleeptimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Sound Menu Controls . . . . . . . . . . .16 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Tuner Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Directions for Use
Active Control, AutoPicture, AutoSound, and Incredible Surround are trademarks of Philips Consumer Electronics Company. Copyright 2001 Philips Consumer Electronics.*Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
ANT 75
Monitor out
AV1 in VIDEO Y L/Mono Pb AUDIO
AV2 in
S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
Connect the Cable TV cable or Direct Cable Connection Antenna cable (or 300 to 75 ohm adapter) to the 75 plug on the TV. Cable signal If you have a Cable Converter coming from Cable Company Box: Connect the OUT(put) plug from the Converter to the 75 plug on the TV.
Back of TV
1
75 Round Coaxial Cable
75
HELPFUL HINT
After using the AutoProgram Control, press the CH + and buttons to scroll through all the channels stored in the televisions memory.
Jack Panel Back of TV
2 3
Example of Models 27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37
CABLE BOX CONNECTIONS

BASIC TV AND REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION
Press the POWER button to turn the TV ON.
your cable a Ifboxbelow to signal usesthe cable or decoder, follow the easy steps complete connec-
Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):
tion.
+
Cable Signal IN from the Cable Company
1
VOLUME
CHANNEL
AUDIO IN
SPDIF
IN
VIDEO OUT
Note: You can also press any button on the front of the TV to turn the TV ON.
TO TV/VCR
CABLE IN
IR
DVD-D OUT
S-VIDEO
AUDIO OUT
Pb
Pr
USB
TV PASSCARD
OPTICAL SPDIF
2 3
POWER
2
1
Pressing both buttons at the same time will display the onscreen menu. Once in the menu, use these buttons to make adjustments or selections.
Press the VOLUME + button to increase the sound level, or the VOLUME button to lower the sound level.
Remote Sensor - Sensor for activating remote control commands when the remote is used to control the TV.
ANT 75
Monitor out
AV1 in
AV2 in
VIDEO
L/Mono
AUDIO
Pb
S-VIDEO
Pr
1 2 3
Standby Light Indicator - Red light will show when in the Standby Mode. Press the Power button to return the TV to its active state.
3 4
REMOTE CONTROL
Press the CHANNEL UP + or DOWN button to select TV channels. Point the remote control toward the remote sensor window on the TV when operating the TV with the remote.
2 3
AUDIO IN
SPDIF
IN
VIDEO OUT
TO TV/VCR
CABLE IN
IR
DVD-D OUT
S-VIDEO
AUDIO OUT
Pb
Pr
Directions for Use
4 5
USB TV PASSCARD OPTICAL SPDIF
Example of Models 27PT5441/37 and 32PT5441/37
o load the supplied batteries into the remote:
Back of Remote
Monitor out
AV1 in
AV2 in
VIDEO
L/Mono
AUDIO
Pb
S-VIDEO
Pr
1. Remove the battery compartment lid on the back of the remote.
Battery Compartment
L04L AA
6
ANT 75
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in VIDEO Y L/Mono AUDIO Pb S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
2. Place the batteries (2-AA) in the remote. Be sure the (+) and (-) ends of the batteries line up correctly (inside of case is marked.) 3. Reattach the battery lid.
2-AA Batteries
3.
Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs): This connection will be mono. 1 2 Connect the Cable Company supplied cable to the signal IN(put) plug on the back of the Cable Box. Jack Panel Back of Cable Box Using a separate round coaxial cable, connect one end to the 3 75 OUT(put) (TO TV) plug on the back of the Cable Box. Connect the other end of the round coaxial cable to the 75 input on the back of the television. Screw it down finger tight. Round 75 Jack Panel Back of TV NOTE: If applicable, set the OUTCoaxial Cable PUT CHANNEL SWITCH on the back of the cable box to CH 3 or 4. Tune the TV to the same channel and change channels at the cable box. In Cable Box (w/Audio/Video Outputs): some cases, the cable box will automatically tune to either channel 3 or 4, change channels until the picture 24 Cable Signal IN appears. from the Cable Cable Box (w/Audio/Video Company Outputs): 4 Cable Box with A/V Outputs This connection will supply Stereo sound. Connect the Cable Company supplied cable to the cable signal IN(put) plug on the back of the Cable Box. Audio Cables Video Cable Using a RCA type Video Cable, L (White) & R (Red) (Yellow) connect one end of the cable to the Video (or ANT, your cable 5 box may be labeled differently) Out jack on the cable box and the other end to the AV1 Video 6 Input on the TV. Connect one end of the Audio Left and Right Cable to the left and right Audio Out L & R Jack Panel Back of TV jacks on the cable box. Connect the other end to the AV1 Audio L & R Input jacks on the TV. NOTE: Use the AV button on the TV remote control to tune to the AV1 channel for the cable box signal. Once tuned, change channels at the cable box, not the television.
Battery Lid
EN 7
EN 8
4
Back of TV
AV (AUDIO/VIDEO) INPUT CONNECTION SIDE AV CONNECTIONS
3.
T
1 3
Front
AV1 in AV2 in Y L/Mono Pb S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT Monitor out VIDEO AUDIO
5 A
udio and Video Side Inputs are available for a quick connection of a VCR, to playback video from a camera, or attach a gaming device. Use the AV button on the remote control to tune these inputs.
L04L AA
AV1 Connection
2 4
Video Cable
S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT R L AUDIO OUT
2 1
1
3
Side Jack panel of TV
VIDEO L AUDIO R
Connect the video (yellow) cable from the Video output on the Camera (or accessory device) to the Video (yellow) Input located on the SIDE of the TV.
ANT/CABLE OUT
Back of VCR
2
3 5
Video In (Yellow)
1 2
Optional Headphones
AUDIO VIDEO LEFT RIGHT S-VIDEO
1 2 3
7
For Stereo Devices: Connect the audio cable (red and white) from the Audio Left and Right Outputs on the Camera to the Audio In (white) jack on the SIDE of the television.
VCR One (or accessory device) (Equipped with Audio and Video Output Jacks) AV2 Connection Audio In (Red and White)
ANT/CABLE OUT S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT R L AUDIO OUT
Directions for Use
Audio Cables
Jack Panel of Accessory Device
4
4 7 3
For Mono Devices: Connect one end of the audio cable from the Audio Out jack on the device to the Audio In (white) jack on the SIDE of the television.
he TVs audio/video input jacks are for direct picture and sound connections between the TV and a VCR (or similar device) that has audio/video output jacks. Both the AV1 and AV2 Input Jack connections are shown on this page, but either one can be connected alone. Follow the easy steps below to connect your accessory device to the AV1 and AV2 IN Jacks located on the back of the TV. Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV1 IN (or AV2 IN) jack on the back of the TV. Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the AUDIO (left and right) AV1 IN (or AV2 in) jacks on the rear of the TV. Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT jack on the back of the VCR (either one or two) or accessory device being used. Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the VCR (either one or two) or accessory device being used. Turn the VCR (either one or two) or accessory device and the TV ON. Press the AV button to set the TV to its AV1or AV2 channel.
5 6 7
5
VCR Two (or accessory device) (Equipped with Video and Audio Output Jacks)
3 4 5
Turn the TV and the accessory device ON.
With either of the VCRs (or accessory devices) ON and a prerecorded tape (CD, DVD, etc.) inserted, press the PLAY button to view the tape on the television.
Press the AV button on the remote control to tune the TV to the side input jacks. Front will appear on the TV screen. Press the PLAY button on the accessory device to view playback, or to access the accessory device (camera, gaming unit, etc.).
VOL
HELPFUL HINT
Audio and video cables are not supplied with the TV, but are available from Philips or electronics retailers.
S-VIDEO (S-VHS) INPUT CONNECTIONS
7
inputs Component Videopossible provide for the highest color and picture resolution in the playThe CVI connection will be dominate over the AV1 in Video Input. When a Component Video Device is connected as described, it is best not to have a video signal connected to the AV1 in Video Input jack. Back of TV
COMPONENT VIDEO (CVI) INPUT CONNECTIONS
6 T
Back of TV
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in
2 1
Monitor out AV1 in
VIDEO Y L/Mono Pb S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

VIDEO
AV2 in
AUDIO
2
Y Pb S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
L/Mono
he S(uper)-Video connection on the rear of the TV can provide you with better picture detail and clarity for the playback of accessory sources such as DBS (digital broadcast satellite), DVD (digital video discs), video games, and S-VHS VCR (video cassette recorder) tapes than the normal antenna picture connections.
S-Video Cable
NOTE: The accessory device must have an S-VIDEO OUT(put) jack in order for you to complete the connection on this page.
L R AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT ANT/CABLE OUT S-VIDEO OUT
Audio Cables (Red & White)
AUDIO
1
1 3 5
COMP VIDEO Y Pb
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO R OUT OUT OUT
Connect one end of the SVIDEO CABLE to the SVIDEO jack on the back of the TV. Then connect one end the AUDIO (red and white) CABLES to the AV1 in AUDIO L and R (left and right) jacks on the rear of the TV.
VCR or External Accessory Device (with S-Video Output)
Component Video Cables (Green, Blue, Red)
Pr
Audio Cables (Red & White)
Directions for Use
2 5
4
VOL
Connect other end of the SVIDEO CABLE to the S-VHS (S-Video) OUT jack on the back of the VCR. Then connect the other ends of the AUDIO (red and white) CABLES to the AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the VCR.
back of digital signal source material, such as with DVD players. The color difference signals (Pb, Pr) and the luminance (Y) signal are connected and received separately, which allows for improved color bandwidth information (not possible when using composite video or SVideo connections). Connect the Component (Y, Pb, Pr) Video OUT jacks from the DVD player (or similar device) to the (Y, Pb, Pr) in(put) jack on the TV. When using the Component Video Inputs, it is best not to connect a signal to the AV in Video Jack. Connect the red and white AUDIO CABLES to the Audio (left and right) output jacks on the rear of the accessory device to the Audio (L and R) AV1 in Input Jacks on the TV. Turn the TV and the DVD (or digital accessory device) ON. Press the AV button or the CH + or CH buttons to scroll the available channels until CVI appears in the upper left corner of the TV screen. Insert a DVD disc into the DVD player and press the PLAY button on the DVD Player.
3 4
Accessory Device Equipped with Component Video Outputs
Turn the VCR and the TV ON.
L04L AA
HELPFUL HINT
4
VOL
3 4
Press the AV button or the CH + or CH buttons on the remote to scroll the channels until SVHS appears in the upper left corner of the TV screen.
3.
Now your ready to place a prerecorded video tape in the VCR and press the PLAY button.
The description for the component video connectors may differ depending on the DVD player or accessory digital source equipment used (for example, Y, Pb, Pr; Y, B-Y, R-Y; Y, Cr, Cb). Although abbreviations and terms may vary, the letters b and r stand for the blue and red color component signal connectors, and Y indicates the luminance signal. Refer to your DVD or digital accessory owners manual for definitions and connection details.
EN 9
EN 10
8 9
QUADRASURF Buttons (Red, Green, Yellow, Blue) Allows you to store and surf up to 10 channels you choose for each colored button. AV Button Press to select an accessory signal input from the front AV Inputs. SMILEY Button Press to add channels to the QuadraSurf lists. Works with all colored buttons.
Monitor out AV1 in AV2 in VIDEO Y L/Mono
MONITOR OUT(PUT) CONNECTIONS REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON DESCRIPTIONS
3.
T
AUDIO Pb S-VIDEO R Pr
L04L AA
1
AUTO SOUND Button Press repeatedly to choose from different factory pre-defined sound settings. Choose from Personal (how you set the Sound Menu options), Voice (for programming with speaking only), Music (for musical type programs such as concerts), or Theatre (used when watching movies).
AUX/TV INPUT
2
MENU Button Press to display the on-screen menu. Also can be used to back out of the on-screen menu until it disappears from the TVs screen.
PHONO INPUT
Directions for Use
VOL
Monitor out
AV1 in
AV2 in
VIDEO
L/Mono
AUDIO
Pb
CC Button Press to activate the Closed Captioning options. Repeatedly pressing the CC button will scroll the available options on the TV screen. VOL(ume) + or - Buttons Press the VOL + button to increase the TVs sound level. Press the VOL button to decrease the TVs sound level.
S-VIDEO
Pr
ANTENNA IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
ANTENNA IN
ANTENNA OUT
VIDEO
L AUDIO
R AUDIO
VIDEO
ANTENNA OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
AUDIO SYSTEM CONNECTION: he Audio/Video (Monitor) Output jacks are great for recording with a VCR or used to connect an external audio system for better sound reproduction. AUDIO SYSTEM CONNECTION: Connect one end of the R(ight) and L(eft) AUDIO Back of TV (Monitor Out) jacks on the TV to the R and L audio input jacks Audio Cables on your amplifier or sound sys(Red and White) tem. Set the audio systems volume to a normal listening level. Turn the TV and audio system ON. To adjust the volume on the audio system, you will need to change the volume at the external audio system, not the television. SECOND VCR CONNECTION: NOTE: Refer to panel number 4 for SECOND VCR CONNECTION: the proper hookup of the first VCR. Back of TV Follow the instructions on how to tune to the AV1 channel to view a pre-recorded tape. The following steps allow you to connect a second VCR to record the program while your watching it. Connect one end of the yellow Video Audio Video Cable to the Monitor Cable Cables Out VIDEO plug. Connect the other end to the VIDEO IN plug on the second VCR. Connect one end of the red and white Audio cable from the Monitor Out AUDIO L and R plugs on the TV to the AUDIO IN plugs on the VCR. 1st VCR Turn the Second VCR ON, (refer to panel 4 for insert a VHS tape and its proper connection) 2nd VCR with Audio and ready to record whats being Video Input Jacks viewed on the TV screen.
MUTE Button Press the mute button to eliminate the sound being heard from the TV. MUTE will be displayed on the TVs screen. Press again to restore the TVs volume to its previous level. pressing this button for 3-4 seconds will activate the Demo Mode. (See panel 30 for more details.) SLEEP Button Press the Sleep button to set the TV to automatically turn itself off after a set period of time. Press repeatedly to select 15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 180, or 240 minutes.
10
or French and Spanish speaking TV owners an onscreen Language option is present. With the Language control you can set the TVs on-screen menu to be shown in English, French, or Spanish.
Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Main Picture Sound Features Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit
REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON DESCRIPTIONS
HOW TO USE THE LANGUAGE CONTROL
POWER Button Press to turn the TV on or off.
11 F
Press the MENU button on the remote control to show the on-screen menu.
A/CH Button (Alternate Channel) Press to toggle between the last viewed channel and the channel presently being viewed.
FROWNIE Button Allows you to delete channels from the Quadra Surf lists for the colored buttons. Works with all colored buttons.
1 2
1
VOL
2 4 6 3 5
Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit
English
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll though the on-screen menu until the word Install is highlighted. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Install menu features.
OR
AUTO PICTURE Button Press repeatedly to choose from 5 different factory predefined picture settings. Choose from Personal (how you set the Picture Menu Adjustment controls), Movies (for movies), Sports (for any sporting event), Weak Signal (used when the signal being received is not great), or Multimedia (for video games).
2 4
Instalar Idioma Sinton a Auto Programa Editar Canal
Espa ol
VOL
STATUS/EXIT Button Press to display the current channel number. If the on-screen menu is displayed, press the Status/Exit button of remove it from the TVs screen.
3 4 5 6
OR
Directions for Use
3, 4, 1, and 2 Buttons Press to navigate, select, and adjust controls within the on-screen menu. Also use the CURSOR 3 or CURSOR 4 to activate or deactivate the EXPAND 4:3 screen formatting control.
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the Install features until the word Language is highlighted. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button repeatedly to select English, Francais (French), or Espaol (Spanish). When finished, press the STATUS/EXIT button to remove the menu from the TVs screen.
Installation Langue Mode synt. Progr. auto. diter progr.
Fran ais
CH(annel) + or CH(annel)- Buttons Press to select channels in ascending or descending order.
L04L AA
NUMBERED (0-9) Buttons Press the numbered buttons to select TV channels or to enter certain values within the onscreen menu. For single channel entries, press the numbered button for the channel you desire. The TV will pause for a second or two before changing to the chosen channel.
HELPFUL HINT
3.
CLOCK: Press to display the Timer menu. Within this menu, set the time, set the TV to tune to a certain channel at a certain time once or daily.
The Language control only makes the TVs on-screen Menu items appear in English, Spanish, or French text. It does not change the other onscreen text features such as Closed Caption (CC) TV shows.
EN 11
EN 12
12 13 Y
our TV can automatically set itself for local area (or Cable TV) channels. This makes it easy for you to select only the TV stations in your area when the CHANNEL (+), () buttons are pressed.
Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Main Picture Sound Features Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit
Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Main Picture Sound Features Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit
HOW TO USE THE TUNER MODE CONTROL
AUTOMATICALLY PROGRAM
3.
he TUNER control Tallows you toMODEANTENNA, change the TVs input signal to either
CABLE, or AUTO mode. Its important for the TV to know what type of signal to look for (Cable TV or an Antenna). In the AUTO mode, when the AUTO PROGRAM feature is activated, the TV will automatically choose the correct mode.
Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit English Antenna
Main Picture Sound Features Install
L04L AA
Press the MENU button on the remote to show the onscreen menu.
OR
VOL
2 4
Note: Make sure the antenna or cable signal connection has been completed before AUTO PROGRAM is activated.
2 4
Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit
1 2
VOL
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Install is highlighted.
Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit English Cable
1 2 4
6 3
1 2
1 2 4
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Install is highlighted.
6 3 5
Auto Program Channel
12
Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to display the Install menu features.
OR
Directions for Use
13
3 4
Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit English Auto
Press CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll the Install features until the words Tuner Mode is highlighted.
5 6
HELPFUL HINTS
Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to select either Antenna, Cable, or Auto mode.
3 4 5 6
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Install menu features. Press CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll the Install features until the words Auto Program are highlighted.
14
When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove the on-screen menu from the TVs screen.
When CABLE is selected, channels 1125 are available. When ANTENNA is selected, channels 2-69 are available. When AUTO is selected, the TV will automatically set itself to the correct mode based on the type of signal it detects when the AUTO PROGRAM feature is activated.
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to start the Auto Program scanning of channels. Auto Programming will store all available channels in the TVs memory then tune to the lowest available channel when done. When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove the menu from the TVs screen.
HELPFUL HINTS
When CABLE is selected, channels 1125 are available. When ANTENNA is selected, channels 2-69 are available. When AUTO is selected, the TV will automatically set itself to the correct mode based on the type of signal it detects when the AUTO PROGRAM feature is activated.
14 15
o adjust picture controls, a channel use TselectMenuyour TVandlistedthe Picture Controls below:
Main Picture Sound Features Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More...
CHANNEL EDIT PICTURE MENU CONTROLS
hannel Edit makes it easy for you to Cof channels stored in the TVsfrom the ADD or DELETE channels list memory.
Press the MENU button on the remote control to show the onscreen menu.
1
Color Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to add or eliminate color.
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll though the on-screen menu until the word Install is highlighted.
Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit Channel Skipped
Brightness Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons until the darkest parts of the picture are as bright as you prefer.
Picture Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint Color Temp.
50
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Install menu features.
VOL
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the Install features until the words Channel Edit are highlighted.
Channel Edit Channel Skipped 12
Picture Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons until lightest parts of the picture show good detail. Sharpness Control - CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to improve detail in the picture.
Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint Color Temp.
65 50 50 50 0 Normal Warm or Cool DNR On
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Channel Edit options.
Channel Edit Channel Skipped On
1 6 2 4 7 6
Tint Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to obtain natural skin tones.
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 4 9 3 5 8 6 6 8
Channel Edit Channel Skipped Off
With the Channel Edit options displayed, and Channel highlighted; you can use the cursor buttons to scroll through all available channels that you wish to add (skipped OFF) or delete (Skipped ON) from the TVs memory. You can also use the NUMBERED buttons to go directly to a specific numbered channel that you want to add or skip. Or, you can also use the CH+ or CH- to quickly scan through the channels that have not been skipped.
2 3 4 5 6
Color Temp Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to select Normal, Cool, or Warm picture preferences. (Normal will keep the whites, white; Cool will make the whites, bluish; and Warm will make the whites, reddish.)
Directions for Use
Using the CURSOR DOWN 4 button, scroll the menu to highlight the word SKIPPED.
7
HELPFUL HINTS
An X appearing in front of any channel will indicate that channel has skip on. When the CH + or CH - buttons are used, those channels will be skipped.
Off Contrast + On Off
7 8
DNR Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to turn DNR On or Off. Dynamic Noise Reduction helps to eliminate noise from the picture.
L04L AA
Now use the CURSOR RIGHT 2 to toggle between On or Off. If ON is selected the channels is skipped when scrolling channels with the CH+ or CH- buttons. If OFF is selected the channels is not skipped when scrolling channels with the CH+ or CH- buttons.
3.
When finished, press the STATUS/EXIT button to remove the menu from the screen.
Contrast + Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to toggle the control On or OFF. The Contrast + control helps to sharpen the picture quality. The black portions of the picture become richer in darkness and the whites become brighter.
EN 13
EN 14
16 17
watching Many times whileDVD playerformovies from a the image is shown in letter box mat. This is the format that is shown in movie theaters. when shown on a TV screen, the image will have areas of black on top and bottom of the screen.
SOUND MENU CONTROLS

HOW TO USE THE 4:3 EXPAND FORMAT CONTROL
3.
o your and TuseadjustSound TV sound, selectlisted the Menu Controls below:

Main Picture Sound Features Install Treble Bass Balance AVL Incr. Surround More...
1 1
4:3
50 50 L R
On or Off
Treble: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to adjust the control. The control will enhance the high frequency sounds.
L04L AA
2
Treble Bass Balance
AVL
Bass: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to adjust the control. The control will enhance the low frequency sounds.
Balance: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to adjust the level of sound coming from the left and right speakers.
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to select one of the two options 4:3 or Expand 4:3. 4:3 - Standard format for the TV. Expand 4:3 - Enlarges the picture to fill out the entire screen area, eliminating the letter box effect.
Directions for Use
4
Incr. Surround Spatial or Mono Dolby Virtual or Stereo Incr. Surround
AVL: (Auto Volume Leveler) Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to turn the control On or Off. When On, AVL will level out the sound being heard when sudden changes in volume occur during commercial breaks or channel changes.
Expand 4:3
Incr. Surround: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to select between Dolby Virtual or Stereo settings (If Stereo), or select Spatial or Mono (If Mono).
6
SAP Sound Mono or Stereo On or Off
1
VOL
SAP: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to toggle this control to On or Off. SAP is short for Secondary Audio Programming and is sent as a third audio channel, a SAP signal can be heard apart from the current TV program sound.Note: If SAP is not present on a selected show No SAP will appear on the screen.
Sound: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to select between Stereo or Mono settings. Note: If Stereo is not present on a selected show and the TV is placed in the Stereo mode, the sound coming from the TV will remain in the Mono mode.
18 S
Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Main Picture Sound Features Install Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo
ETTING THE
TV CLOCK USING THE TIMER CONTROL

can set your TV to turn itself on or can set Youitselfoff. YouOff oncethe TV to turn On or or at the same time everyday. Follow the steps below to set the Start and Stop Time.
Main Picture Sound Features Install Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo
19
SETTING TV TO TURN ON OR OFF USING START OR STOP CONTROLS Press the MENU button on the remote to show the onscreen menu. Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Features is highlighted.
VOL
an on-screen clock. During Your television comes withnormal operation, the clock appears
on the screen when the STATUS/EXIT button is pressed or if the Timer Display control is turned On.
1 2
2 7
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Features menu. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Timer menu.
Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display --:-- AM
1 2
2 5 8 1 7 2 5 6 3 4 7
Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display Timer
--:-- AM
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Features is highlighted.
VOL
Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display
10:-- AM
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Features menu.

10:-- AM
1 6 2 5 3 4 6
Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Timer menu.

Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display 10:35 AM
Enter the correct time by using the Numbered buttons.
3 4 5
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the Timer menu until Start Time or Stop Time is highlighted. Enter the correct time by using the Numbered buttons. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons to change the AM or PM setting. When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove the on-screen menu from the TVs screen. NOTE: The Activate Control must be set to Once or Daily for the television to turn On or Off at the specified time. See panel 21 for more details.
Timer Time Start Time 10:35 AM Stop Time Channel Activate Display Timer Time Start Time Stop Time 10:35 AM Channel Activate Display
Directions for Use
3 4 5 6 7
Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display 10:35 PM
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons to change the AM or PM setting.
6 7 8
Timer Time Start Time 10:35 PM Stop Time Channel Activate Display Timer Time Start Time Stop Time 10:35 PM Channel Activate Display
L04L AA
HELPFUL HINTS
3.
NOTE: Active Control will only appear in the menu of models 27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
Remember, be sure to press 0 and then the hour number for single digit entries. You can get to the Clock setting by pressing the Clock button on the remote control. The TVs clock settings may be lost when the TV is unplugged or when AC power to the set is interrupted.
HELPFUL HINTS Remember, be sure to press 0 and then the hour number for single digit entries. You can get to the Clock setting by pressing the Clock button on the remote control. The TVs clock settings may be lost when the TV is unplugged or when AC power to the set is interrupted.
EN 15
EN 16
20 S 21
ACTIVATE CONTROL
the After you have setmust Time, Start Time, Stop Time, and Start Channel, the timer be set to
Main Picture Sound Features Install Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More...
ETTING
TV TO STARTUP ON A SPECIFIC CHANNEL
3.
can select a specific You the timer turns the setchannel that the television will tune to when On. come on Once or Daily, or turned Off through the Activate control.
Main Picture Sound Features Install Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More...
Follow these steps to select the channel. Press the MENU button on the remote to show the on-screen menu.
L04L AA
1 2
2 5 7
VOL
Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display 10:-- AM
1 2
2 4 6 8 3 5 7
10:-- AM

VOL
1 7 2 4 6
With Timer selected, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Timer menu.
2
1 6 2 5 6 3 4 6 6
3 4
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Timer is highlighted. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Timer menu.
Off
Directions for Use
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the Timer menu until Channel is highlighted.
OR
3 4 5 6
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or CURSOR DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the Activate Control.
Daily
Press the Numbered buttons to enter the desired start-up channel. Or, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 or the CH+ or CHbuttons repeatedly to enter the start-up channel you want.
OR
NOTE: The Activate Control must be set to Once or Daily for this Channel control to take effect.
7
HELPFUL HINTS
Remember, be sure to press 0 and then the hour number for single digit entries. You can get to the Clock setting by pressing the Clock button on the remote control. The TVs clock settings may be lost when the TV is unplugged or when AC power to the set is interrupted.
5 6 7 8
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons repeatedly to select Once, Daily, or Off. When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove the on-screen menu from the TVs screen.
Once
HELPFUL HINTS Remember, before setting the Timer controls, the TVs clock must be set to the correct time, see panel 18 for details. The TVs clock settings may be lost when the TV is unplugged or when AC power to the set is interrupted. You can get to the Clock setting by pressing the Clock button on the remote control.
22 H
Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Main Picture Sound Features Install Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo
OW TO
VIEW TIME USING THE DISPLAY CONTROL
23
ACTIVE CONTROL OPTIONS
A
Main Picture Sound Features Install Brightness Color Picture Sharpness Tint More... Main Picture Sound Features Install
fter the TVs clock has been set, you can use your TV as a clock. The Display control allows you to permanently display the time in the upper right corner of the screen.
Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo
2 4 6 8
10:-- AM
2 4
1 2
VOL
he Active Control monitors and adjusts incoming video signals to help provide the best picture quality. When you choose to turn the Active Control On, the picture sharpness and noise reduction are controlled automatically. Active Control adjusts these picture settings continuously and automatically. NOTE: Active Control is only available in models 27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
6 3 5
Features Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo
On

Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display On
1 7 2 4 6 3 5 7
1 5 2 4
VOL
OR
1 2
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Features is highlighted. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Features menu. Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to repeatedly until Active Control is highlighted.
Off
3 4
OR Timer Time Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display Off
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through the on-screen menu until the word Timer is highlighted.
Directions for Use
5 5 6
With Timer highlighted, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Timer menu.
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or CURSOR DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the Display Control.
3 4
L04L AA
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons repeatedly to select On or Off.
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons to toggle the Active Control On or Off. When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove the on-screen menu from the TVs screen.
3.
EN 17
EN 18
24 25
the next few panels youll Over a bettertounderstanding of learn how block channels and get
Main Picture Sound Features Install Timer Rotation AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo Timer Start Time Stop Time Channel Activate Display Features Timer Rotation AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo
UNDERSTANDING AUTOLOCK CONTROLS
SETTING UP AN ACCESS CODE
3.
he AutoLock feature is integratcircuit that receives Tedsent by broadcasters, andanprocesses data or other pro-
L04L AA
MOVIE RATINGS Continued R: Restricted - This is programming is specifically designed for adults. Anyone under the age of 17 should only view this programming with an accompanying parent or adult guardian. NC-17: No one under the age of 17 will be admitted. - This type of programming should be viewed by adults only. X: Adults Only - This type of programming contains one or more of the following: very graphic violence, very graphic and explicit or indecent sexual acts, very coarse and intensely suggestive language.
Features Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo Access Code ---Features Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo Access Code XXXX Features Timer Access Code AutoLock XXXX Active Control Incorrect Digi. Pic. Demo Features Timer AutoLock Active Control Digi. Pic. Demo New Code ----
Directions for Use
TV RATINGS TV-Y -- Designed for a very young audience, including children ages 2-6. TV-Y7 -- It may be appropriate for children age 7 and above who have acquired the development skills needed to distinguish between make-believe and reality. TV-G -- Suitable for most audiences, this type of programming contains little or no violence, no strong language, and little or no sexual dialogue or situations. TV-PG -- This program contains material that parents may find unsuitable for younger children. Could contain Moderate violence (V), some sexual situations (S), infrequent coarse language (L), or some suggestive dialogue (D).
1 2 3 4 5 6
Confirm Code XXXX AutoLock Block Channel Setup Code Clear All Block All Movie Rating TV Rating
OffStop Time Channel Activate Display
gram providers, that contain program content advisories. When programmed by the viewer, a TV with AutoLock can respond to the content advisories and block program content that may be found objectionable (such as offensive language, violence, sexual situations, etc.). This is a great feature to censor the type of viewing children may watch. AutoLock offers various BLOCKING controls from which to choose: Access Code - An Access Code must be set to prevent children from unblocking questionable or censored programming set by their parents. Channel Block - After an access code has been programmed, you can block individual channels including the A/V inputs. Clear All - Allows you clear all channels being blocked from your viewing set with the Channel Block Control. Block All - Allows you to block ALL channels and A/V inputs at one time. Movie Ratings - Certain blocking options exist which will block programming based on ratings patterned by the Motion Pictures Association of America. TV Ratings - Just like the Movie Ratings, programs can be blocked from viewing using standard TV ratings set by TV broadcasters.
1
2 4
VOL
TV-14 -- This program contains some material that many parents would find unsuitable for children under 14 years of age. This type of programming contains one or more of the following: intense violence (V), intense sexual situations (S), strong coarse language (L), or intensely suggestive dialogue (D). TV-MA -- This program is specifically designed to be viewed by adults and therefore may be unsuitable for children under 17. This type of programming contains one or more of the following: graphic violence (V), explicit sexual situations (S), or crude indecent language (L).
2 4 3 5 6 7
MOVIE RATINGS G: General Audience - All ages admitted. Most parents would find this program suitable for all ages. PG: Parental Guidance Suggested This programming contains material that parents may find unsuitable for younger children. PG-13: Parents Strongly Cautioned This programming contains material that parents may find unsuitable for children under the age of 13.
the rating terms for certain programming. First, lets start by learning how to set a personal access code: Press the MENU button on the remote to display the onscreen menu. Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons until the word Features is highlighted. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Features menu options. Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons until the words Auto Lock are highlighted. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button. The screen will read, Access Code - - - - . Using the NUMBERED buttons, enter 0, 7, 1, 1. XXXX appears on the Access Code screen as you press the numbered buttons. Incorrect Code will appear on the screen, and you will need to enter 0, 7, 1, 1 again. The screen will ask you to enter a New Code. Enter a new 4 digit code using the NUMBERED buttons. The screen will then ask you to CONFIRM the code you just entered. Enter your new code again. XXXX will appear when you enter your new code and then display the AutoLock menu options. Proceed to the next panel to learn more...
26 A 27 A
OffStop Time Channel Activate Display
BLOCK CHANNELS
BLOCK/CLEAR ALL CHANNELS AT THE SAME TIME
fter blocking specific channels there may come a time when you want to block or clear all the channels at the same time. Once youve entered your access code and the AutoLock features are displayed on the screen:
AutoLock Block Channel Setup Code Clear All Block All Movie Rating TV Rating
fter your personal access code has been set (see previous page), you are now ready to select the channels or the A/V Inputs you want to block out or censor. Once youve entered your access code and the AutoLock features are displayed on the screen:
Clear ?Stop Time Channel Activate Display
1 1
Block Channel On
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons until the words Block Channel are highlighted. Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to select either Clear All or Block All.
Clear All
Cleared
2
Channel 12 Blocked By AutoLock Channel Blocking Access Code ----
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to turn blocking ON or OFF for that channel. When ON is selected the channel will be blocked.
Enter your Access Code to view a tuned channel that is blocked with Block Channel.
2
If Block All is selected, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to turn the control On or Off. When On is selected, ALL available channels will be blocked from viewing.
If Clear All is selected, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to clear all blocked channels. All channels will be viewable.
3
1 4 1
VOL
Press the CH + or CH button to select other channels you wish to block. Repeat steps 2-3 to block the new channel.
Off
Directions for Use
Block All
4
2 3
On
L04L AA
NOTE: If you ever forget your code, the 0, 7, 1, 1 code is the factory default and can be used to enter and create a new access code.
1 3 1
VOL
2
3. EN 19
EN 20
28
T
G PG PG-13 R NC-17 X AutoLock Block Channel Setup Code Clear All Block All Movie Rating TV Rating
MOVIE RATINGS
29
TV Rating TV-Y TV-Y7 TV-G TV-PG TV-14 TV-MA Off
TV RATINGS
3.
he AutoLock feature can block programming based on the Movie Industry ratings. Once youve entered your access code and the AutoLock features are displayed on the screen:
L04L AA
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the words Movie Rating.
1 2
TV-G, TV-PG, TV-14, or TVMA).
TV-Y TV-Y7 TV-G TV-PG TV-14 TV-MA
Off
he AutoLock feature can block programming based on the TV Industry ratings. Once youve entered your access code and the AutoLock features are displayed on the screen: Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the words TV Rating. Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the TV Rating options (TV-Y, TV-Y7,
1 2
Movie Rating G PG PG-13 R NC-17 X
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Movie Rating options (G, PG, PG-13, R, NC17, or X).
On Block All, FV Off Block All, V, S, L, D Block All, V, S, L, D Block All, V, S, L
Directions for Use
3
G On
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to highlight any of the Movie Rating options. When highlighted, all these options can be turned On (which will allow blocking) or Off (which will allow viewing).
4
1 3
Use the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button on the remote to turn the rating option On or Off.
When a rating level is chosen to be blocked, any higher level rating will also be blocked from viewing. (i.e.: If R is selected to be blocked, NC-17 and X will automatically be blocked.)
4
2 4
1 3 5
VOL
1 3
VOL
1 3 5
2 4 6
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to highlight any of the TV Rating options. When highlighted, all these options can be turned On (which will allow blocking) or Off (which will allow viewing). NOTE: Some TV RATING options also have sub-ratings. The ratings of TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14, TV-MA can be customized to block V (violence), FV (fantasy violence), S (sexual situations), L (coarse language), or D (suggestive dialogue). Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button on the remote to turn the TV-Y or TV-G rating On or Off. Or, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to enter the sub-menus for the TV-Y7, TVPG, TV-14 or TV-MA ratings. If the TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14 or TV-MA sub-menu is accessed, press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to select one of the options (Block All, V, S, L, D, or FV). Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button on the remote to turn the option ON or OFF.
30
CLOSED CAPTIONING
BLOCKING OPTIONS
offers the viewer other blocking features as well. With AutoLockcensoring can bethese Blocking Options, the turned ON or
OFF. Once youve entered your access code and the AutoLock features are displayed on the screen:
CC Off
31 C
CC Off CC1 CC2 CC Mute
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons until the words Block Options are highlighted.
Blocking Unrated On On No Rating On
1 2 1 2
Press the CC button repeatedly to choose from the four Closed Caption options (CC Off, CC1, CC2, CC Mute). When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove the menu from the TVs screen. Press the CC button on the remote to display the current Closed Caption setting.
AutoLock Setup Code Clear All Block All Movie Rating TV Rating Block Options
losed Captioning (CC) allows you to read the voice content of television programs on the TV screen. Designed to help the hearing impaired, this feature uses onscreen text boxes to show dialogue and conversations while the TV program is in progress.
1 2
VOL
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to display the Blocking Options (Blocking, Unrated, or No Rating) menu. Blocking: Might be called the master switch for AutoLock. When On, ALL blocking/censoring will take place. When Off, ALL blocking is disabled. Unrated: ALL unrated programs based on the Movie Ratings or Parental (TV) Guidelines can be blocked if this feature is set to On and the Blocking feature is set to OFF. No Rating: ALL programming with NO content advisory data can be blocked if set to On and the Blocking feature is set to OFF.
1 3 4
VOL
3
2 4
Directions for Use
3 4
1 3
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the desired feature.
SLEEPTIMER
When highlighted, each feature can be turned On or Off using the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or the CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons on the remote.
our TV can be set to automatically turn itself off at a given amount of time.
DEMO MODE
1 2
Digi. Pic. Demo
On, split demo With Demo Moderight ascreen.screenDemo will be shown on the The Mode will show the side wih show a
Press the SLEEP button on the remote control and the SLEEP timer display will appear on the screen.
Sleep 15
sharper image with more natural motion.
Sleep 15 Sleep 30 Sleep 45 Sleep 60 Sleep 90 Sleep 120

VOL
L04L AA
1
1
VOL
Press the MUTE button on the remote approximately 3-4 seconds. The split screen demo appears. After 20 seconds, the TV will automatically reurn to normal operation.
Press the SLEEP button repeatedly to pick the amount of time (15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 180, or 240 minutes) before the TV will turn itself off.
Note: You can also turn the Digital Picture Demo On or Off by using on-screen menu.
Sleep 180
3.
NOTE: An on-screen count down will appear during the last minute before the TV shuts itself off. If any button is pressed during the last minute of the countdown, the Sleeptimer setting will be cancelled.
1 2
Sleep 240 Sleep off
EN 21
EN 22
AUTO PICTURE
33
T
12
QUADRASURF
3.
32 W
Personal
hether youre watching a movie or a sporting event, your TV has automatic video control settings matched for your current program source or content.
Movies Sports
12 Select List!
L04L AA
1
Weak Signal Multimedia
12 Added!
Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control. The current Auto Picture setting will be displayed on the screen.
Press the AUTO PICTURE button repeatedly to select either Personal, Movies, Sports, Weak Signal, or MULTIMEDIA picture settings.
VOL
1 2
1 2 3
12 12
Directions for Use
NOTE: The way you choose to set the Picture Menu Controls will become your Personal setting.
Movies - Preset picture options for watching Video Tapes, or DVDs. Sports - Preset picture options for watching sporting events. Weak Signal - Preset picture options for watching programs where the reception is not at its best. Multimedia - Preset picture options for use with video gaming.
AUTO SOUND
he QuadraSurf control allows you set up four different personal channel Surf lists using the colored buttons (on the remote control), each holding up to ten channels in its quick viewinglist. Press the CHANNEL (+) or () buttons (or the NUMBER buttons) to select a channel to add to one of the SURF lists. Press the SMILEY button on the remote control to ADD the channel to one of the SURF lists. Press the corresponding COLORED (Red, Green, Yellow or Blue) button to add the channel to that buttons Surf list. (Up to ten channels per button can be stored.) Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional channels (up to 10) to each of the the SURF lists.
Remove Item? - Press
T
Personal
he Auto Sound feature allows the listener to select between four different factory set sound options.
4
Theatre Music Voice
3 4 2
VOL
1
Theatre - Preset sound options for watching movies. Dynamic Ultra Bass is included in this option.
VOL
Press the AUTO SOUND button on the remote control. The current Auto Sound setting will appear in the middle of the screen.
2
Music- Preset sound options for musical programming where there is little dialogue. Dynamic Ultra Bass is included in this option. Voice - Preset sound options for programming where heavy dialogue is present.
5 6 1
Press the AUTO SOUND button repeatedly to toggle between the four settings. (Personal, Theatre, Music, or Voice)
1 2
NOTE: The way you choose to set the Sound Menu Controls will become your Personal setting.
To remove a channel from one of the SURF lists; Press the COLORED Quadra Surf button until the desired channel appears. The screen will display the channel number with a colored Smiley face to indicate the Colored button it relates to. While the Smiley face channel indicator is displayed, press the FROWNIE face button. The screen will read, Remove item? Press . Press the FROWNIE face button again to confirm your decision to remove the channel from the Surf list. Repeat steps 4-6 to remove other channels from Surf lists.
34
10
QUADRASURF
12
35
No Power Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds, then reinsert the plug into the outlet and push the POWER button again. Check that the outlet is not on a wall switch. Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is being used.
18
TROUBLESHOOTING
99
56
22
No Picture Check antenna connections. Are they properly secured to the TV's ANT 75 plug? Check the TUNER MODE control for the correct tuner setting. Try running the Auto Program feature to find all available channels. Press the AV button on the remote to make sure the correct signal source is selected (FRONT or Current Channel).
1
28 39 35
41
No Sound Check the VOLUME buttons. Check the MUTE button on the remote control. If youre attempting to hook up auxiliary equipment, check the audio jack connections located on the front of the TV.
2
5
VOL
Directions for Use
1 2 3
Remote Does Not Work Check the batteries. If necessary, replace them with AA Heavy Duty (Zinc Chloride) or Alkaline batteries. Clean the remote control and the remote control sensor window on the TV. Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds, then reinsert the plug into the outlet and push the POWER button again. Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is being used. Check to be sure the TV outlet is not on a wall switch. TV Displays Wrong Channel or No Channels Above 13 Repeat channel selection. Add the desired channel numbers (using the CHANNEL EDIT control) into the TVs memory. Check to be sure the TUNER MODES are set to the CABLE option and run the Auto Program feature to find all available channels.
5
12 Remove Item? - Press
L04L AA
4 5
3.
he Quadra Surf buttons on your remote control allow you to store up to 10 channels per button (40 total). You can even program the A/V Input channels for each button making them a source button. Assuming channels have now been added to the four Quadra Surf lists (the four colored buttons, see the previous page), lets review how the feature works. Press one of the pre-programmed COLORED buttons on the remote (Red, Green, Yellow or Blue). The screen will display a smiley face with the first programmed channel for that surf list. While the colored smiley face still appears on the screen, press the same COLORED button on the remote to tune the second channel programmed for that specific surf list. Repeatedly pressing the same COLORED button while the smiley face appears will tune all the programmed channels. Pressing the COLORED button again will return you to the first channel in the list. If the smiley face disappears from the screen and the same COLORED button is pressed, the surf channels will be displayed starting with the FIRST programmed channel again. Repeat steps 1-3 for the other three COLORED buttons (Surf lists) if desired. Any time the smiley face appears with the channel number, pressing the frownie face button will allow you to remove it from the list (see the previous page for more details).
EN 23
EN 24
4.
L04L AA
Mechanical Instructions
4. Mechanical Instructions
Index of this chapter: 1. Set Disassembly 2. Service Position 3. Assy/Panel Removal 4. Set Re-assembly Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions. 1. Disconnect the degaussing coil [1]. 2. Release the two fixation clamps (at the mid left and mid right side of the bracket), and remove the bracket from the bottom tray, by pulling it backwards [2]. 3. Turn the chassis tray 90 degrees counter clockwise. 4. Move the panel bracket somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3], with the components towards the CRT. 5. Turn the panel bracket with the rear I/O toward the CRT. 6. Place the hook of the tray in the fixation hole of the cabinet bottom [4] and secure it.
4.1
Set Disassembly
Warning: Be sure to disconnect the AC power from the set before opening it.
4.3
4.3.1
Assy/Panel Removal
Front Interface Assy/Panel
4.1.1
Rear Cover 1. Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover (Note: Do not forget the screws that hold the rear connection panel). 2. Pull the rear cover backwards to remove it.
4.2
Service Position
1
Before placing the Mono Carrier in its service position, remove the Front Interface assy/panel (see paragraph Front Interface Assy/Panel) and the Side AV assy/panel (see paragraph Side AV Assy/Panel).
1 2
3 3
E_14480_049.eps 110204
Figure 4-2 Front interface assy/panel removal 1. Remove the complete module from the bottom plate, by pulling the two fixation clamps upward [1], while sliding the module away from the CRT [2]. Note: these clamps are difficult to access. 2. Release the two fixation clamps [3] at the side of the bracket, and lift the panel out of the bracket (it hinges at one side). 4.3.2 Side AV Assy/Panel
E_14480_050.eps 170204
Figure 4-3 Side AV assy/panel removal 1. Remove the two fixation screws, and remove the complete Side AV assembly. 2. Release the two fixation clamps, and lift the panel out of the bracket.
E_14480_048.eps 110204
Figure 4-1 Service position Mono Carrier
Mechanical Instructions
4.3.3 LTI/CTI Interface Panel Remove the LTI/CTI Interface panel from the Mono Carrier, by disconnecting it from connector 1212. 4.3.4 Top Control Assy/Panel 1. Remove the two fixation screws. 2. Push the assy a little bit upwards, and then pull it backwards to release it from the front hinge. 3. Lift the panel from its bracket, while releasing the two fixation clamps. The panel hinges on the other side. 4.3.5 Linearity Assy/Panel
L04L AA
4.
EN 25
1 1
E_14480_051.eps 270204
Figure 4-4 Linearity assy/panel removal 1. Release the two fixation clamps [1] to lift the panel out of the bracket [2].
4.4
Set Re-assembly
To re-assemble the whole set, do all processes in reverse order. Note: before you mount the rear cover, perform the following checks: Check whether the AC power cord is mounted correctly in its guiding brackets. Check whether all cables are replaced in their original position
EN 26
5.
L04L AA
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter: 1. Test Points 2. Service Modes 3. Problems and Solving Tips (related to CSM) 4. ComPair 5. Error Codes 6. The Blinking LED Procedure 7. Protections 8. Fault Finding and Repair Tips 5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM) Purpose To create a predefined setting for measurements to be made. To override software protections. To start the blinking LED procedure. Specifications Tuning frequency: 61.25 MHz (channel 3). Color system: NTSC M. All picture settings at 50% (brightness, color contrast, hue). Bass, treble and balance at 50 %; volume at 25 %. All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled. The service unfriendly modes are: Timer / Sleep timer. Child / parental lock. Blue mute. Hotel / hospital mode. Auto shut off (when no IDENT video signal is received for 15 minutes). Skipping of non-favorite presets / channels. Auto-storage of personal presets. Auto user menu time-out. Auto Volume Leveling (AVL). How to enter To enter SDM, use one of the following methods: Press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: 062596 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence). Short jumper wires 9252 and 9275 on the family board (see Fig. 8-1) and apply AC power. Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up). Caution: Entering SDM by shorting wires 9252 and 9275 will override the +8Vprotection. Do this only for a short period. When doing this, the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing, as it could damage the television set. Or via ComPair. After entering SDM, the following screen is visible, with SDM in the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the television is in Service Default Alignment Mode.
5.1
Test Points
This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing. In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx. These test points are specifically mentioned in the Test Point Overview as half moons with a dot in the center.
Table 5-1 Test point overview

Test point Circuit Diagr. A1 A2
F508, F535, F536, F537, F552, F561, F563, F573, F664, Power supply I513, I518, I519, I524, I531, I533, I546 F401, F412, F413, F414, F418, F452, F453, F455, F456, Line & Frame F458, F459, F460, F461, I408, I416, I417, I420, I462, Deflection I468 F003, F004, I001, I002 F201, F203, F205, F206 F240, F241, F242 F952, F955, I951, I952 F692 F361, F362, F381, F382 Tuner IF Hercules Features & Connectivities Audio Amplifier Front Control ECO Scavem
A3 A4 A5 A7 A9 B1 B2
F331, F332, F333, F338, F339, F341, F351, F353, F354 CRT Panel
Perform measurements under the following conditions: Television set in Service Default Alignment Mode. Video input: Color bar signal. Audio input: 3 kHz left channel, 1 kHz right channel.
5.2
Service Modes
Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication between the call center and the customer. This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code reading, and software version readout for all chassis. Minimum requirements for ComPair: a Pentium processor, a Windows OS, and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph "ComPair").
00028 L04L 0.12 SDM ERR 0 0 0 0 0 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
Table 5-2 Software cluster overview

SW Cluster L4LLS1 SW name L4LLS1_x.y UOC Type TDA12040H1/N1B501AO TDA12040H1/N1B511AP Features CC+BTSC CC+BTSC+CMB+DW
E_14480_066.eps 240304
L4= Chassis name, L= Large Screen, L= LATAM, S= Stereo dBx, 1= Language Cluster, x.y= Software Version. CC= Closed Caption, BTSC= Broadcast Television Systems Committee, CMB= Comb Filter, DW = Double Window
Figure 5-1 SDM menu

How to navigate Use one of the following methods: When you press the MENU button on the remote control, the set will switch on the normal user menu in the SDM mode. On the TV, press and hold the VOLUME DOWN and press the CHANNEL DOWN for a few seconds, to switch from SDM to SAM and reverse. How to exit Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set. If you turn the television set off by removing the AC power (i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER button, the television set will remain in SDM when AC power is reapplied, and the error buffer is not cleared. 5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM) Purpose To change option settings. To display / clear the error code buffer. To perform alignments. Specifications Operation hours counter (maximum five digits displayed). Software version, Error codes, and Option settings display. Error buffer clearing. Option settings. AKB switching. Software alignments (Tuner, White Tone, Geometry & Audio). NVM Editor. ComPair Mode switching. How to enter To enter SAM, use one of the following methods: Press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: 062596" directly followed by the OSD/ STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence). Or via ComPair. After entering SAM, the following screen is visible, with SAM in the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the television is in Service Alignment Mode.
L04L AA
5.
EN 27
00028 L04L 0.12 ERR 0 0 0 0 0
SAM
Menu explanation 1. LLLLL. This represents the run timer. The run timer counts normal operation hours, but does not count standby hours. 2. AAABCD-x.y. This is the software identification of the main microprocessor: A= the project name (L4L= L04 Large Screen). B= the region: E= Europe, A= Asia Pacific, U= NAFTA, L= LATAM. C= the software diversity: Europe: T= 1 page TXT, F= Full TXT, V= Voice control. LATAM and NAFTA: N= Stereo non-dBx, S= Stereo dBx. Asian Pacific: T= TXT, N= non-TXT, C= NTSC. ALL regions: M= mono, D= DVD, Q= Mk2. D= the language cluster number. x= the main software version number (updated with a major change that is incompatible with previous versions). y= the sub software version number (updated with a minor change that is compatible with previous versions). 3. SAM. Indication of the Service Alignment Mode. 4. Error Buffer. Shows all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased. Five errors possible. 5. Option Bytes. Used to set the option bytes. See Options in the Alignments section for a detailed description. Seven codes are possible. 6. Clear. Erases the contents of the error buffer. Select the CLEAR menu item and press the MENU RIGHT key. The content of the error buffer is cleared. 7. Options. Used to set the option bits. See Options in the Alignments section for a detailed description. 8. AKB. Used to disable (Off) or enable (On) the black current loop (AKB= Auto Kine Bias). 9. Tuner. Used to align the tuner. See Tuner in the Alignments section for a detailed description. 10. White Tone. Used to align the white tone. See White Tone in the Alignments section for a detailed description. 11. Geometry. Used to align the geometry settings of the television. See Geometry in the Alignments section for a detailed description. 12. Audio. No audio alignment is necessary for this television set. 13. NVM Editor. Can be used to change the NVM data in the television set. See table NVM data further on. 14. ComPaIr. Can be used to switch on the television to In System Programming (ISP) mode, for software uploading via ComPair. Caution: When this mode is selected without ComPair connected, the TV will be blocked. Remove the AC power to reset the TV. How to navigate In SAM, select menu items with the MENU UP/DOWN keys on the remote control transmitter. The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to display the next / previous menu items. With the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to: Activate the selected menu item. Change the value of the selected menu item. Activate the selected submenu. In SAM, when you press the MENU button twice, the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SAM mode still active in the background). To return to the SAM menu press the MENU or STATUS/EXIT button. When you press the MENU key in while in a submenu, you will return to the previous menu. How to store SAM settings To store the settings changed in SAM mode, leave the top level SAM menu by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000 . Clear . Options . AKB . Tuner . White Tone . Geometry . Audio . NVM Editor . ComPair Clear ? On
on
E_14480_067.eps 240304
Figure 5-2 SAM menu
EN 28
5.
L04L AA

How to exit To exit CSM, use one of the following methods: Press the MENU, STATUS/EXIT, or POWER button on the remote control transmitter. Press the POWER button on the television set.
How to exit Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set. If you turn the television set off by removing the AC power (i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER button, the television set will remain in SAM when AC power is re-applied, and the error buffer is not cleared. 5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM) Purpose The Customer Service Mode shows error codes and information on the TVs operation settings. The call center can instruct the customer (by telephone) to enter CSM in order to identify the status of the set. This helps the call center to diagnose problems and failures in the TV set before making a service call. The CSM is a read-only mode; therefore, modifications are not possible in this mode. How to enter To enter CSM, press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: 123654 (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence). Upon entering the Customer Service Mode, the following screen will appear:
5.3
5.3.1
Problems and Solving Tips Related to CSM

Picture Problems Note: The problems described below are all related to the TV settings. The procedures used to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described. Picture too dark or too bright If: The picture improves when you have press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, or The picture improves when you enter the Customer Service Mode, Then: 1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode. 2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu. 3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu. 4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu. 5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys (if necessary) to select BRIGHTNESS. 6. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or decrease the BRIGHTNESS value. 7. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE. 8. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or decrease the PICTURE value. 9. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter twice to exit the user menu. 10. The new PERSONAL preference values are automatically stored. White line around picture elements and text
1 00028 L04L 0.12 CSM 2 CODES 0 0 0 0 0 3 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000 4 nnXXnnnn/nnX 5 P3C-1 6 NOT TUNED 7 NTSC 8 STEREO 9 CO 50 CL 50 BR 50 HU 0 0 AVL Off BS 50
E_14480_068.eps 240304
Figure 5-3 CSM menu Menu explanation 1. Indication of the decimal value of the operation hours counter, Software identification of the main microprocessor (see "Service Default or Alignment Mode" for an explanation), and the service mode (CSM= Customer Service Mode). 2. Displays the last five errors detected in the error code buffer. 3. Displays the option bytes. 4. Displays the type number version of the set. 5. Reserved item for P3C call centers (AKBS stands for Advanced Knowledge Base System). 6. Indicates the television is receiving an "IDENT" signal on the selected source. If no "IDENT" signal is detected, the display will read "NOT TUNED" 7. Displays the detected Color system (e.g. PAL/NTSC). 8. Displays the detected Audio (e.g. stereo/mono). 9. Displays the picture setting information. 10. Displays the sound setting information.
If: The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, Then: 1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode. 2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu. 3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu. 4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu. 5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select SHARPNESS. 6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the SHARPNESS value. 7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter twice to exit the user menu. 8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically stored.

Snowy picture Check CSM line 6. If this line reads Not Tuned, check the following: Antenna not connected. Connect the antenna. No antenna signal or bad antenna signal. Connect a proper antenna signal. The tuner is faulty (in this case line 2, the Error Buffer line, will contain error number 10). Check the tuner and replace/ repair the tuner if necessary. Black and white picture If: The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, Then: 1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode. 2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu. 3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu. 4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu. 5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select COLOR. 6. Press the MENU RIGHT key to increase the COLOR value. 7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter twice to exit the user menu. 8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically stored. Menu text not sharp enough If: The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, Then: 1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode. 2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu. 3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu. 4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu. 5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE. 6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the PICTURE value. 7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter twice to exit the user menu. 8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically stored.
L04L AA
5.
EN 29
ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available. When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away. 5.4.2 Specifications ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable. In this chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service connector. The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two ways: Automatic (by communication with the television): ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set. Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extend. When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the screen give a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES / NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct waveform you see on the oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g. text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process. By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way. Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional features like: Up- or downloading of pre-sets. Managing of pre-set lists. Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST). If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Mono-carrier. Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568. Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically show the position of the highlighted capacitor. Software downloading (as soon as this is supported by ComPair). 5.4.3 How To Connect 1. First, install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions). 2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with PC) of the ComPair interface. 3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector (marked with POWER 9V DC) of the ComPair interface. 4. Switch the ComPair interface off. 5. Switch the television set off with the Power switch. 6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with I2C) and the ComPair (or Service)
5.4
5.4.1
ComPair
Introduction ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control), which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair has three big advantages: ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures. ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this.
EN 30
5.
L04L AA
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 5.5 Error Codes
The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer, it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right. 5.5.1
TO SERVICE CONNECTOR
connector at the rear side of the TV (for its location see chapter Service Modes, ....). 7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the interface on. The green and red LEDs light up together. The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the green LED remains lit. 8. Start the ComPair program and read the Introduction chapter.
How To Read The Error Buffer You can read the error buffer in 3 ways: On screen via the SAM (if you have a picture). Examples: ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only detected error ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was detected first and error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no picture). See The Blinking LED Procedure. Via ComPair.
PC
VCR
Power 9V DC
I2C
E_06532_008.eps 190204
Figure 5-4 ComPair Interface connection 5.4.4 How To Order ComPair order codes: Starter kit ComPair32/SearchMan32 software and ComPair interface (excl. transformer): 3122 785 90450. ComPair interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727 21631. Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version): 3122 785 60040. Starter kit SearchMan32 software: 3122 785 60050. ComPair32 CD (update): 3122 785 60070 (year 2002, 3122 785 60110 (year 2003). SearchMan32 CD (update): 3122 785 60080 (year 2002), 3122 785 60120 (year 2003). ComPair interface cable: 3122 785 90004. ComPair firmware upgrade IC: 3122 785 90510. Transformer (non-UK): 4822 727 21632. Transformer UK: 4822 727 21633. Note: If you encounter any problems, contact your local support desk. Table 5-3 Error code overview
Error Device 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Error description
5.5.2
How To Clear The Error Buffer The error code buffer is cleared in the following cases: By using the CLEAR command in the SAM menu: To enter SAM, press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: 062596 directly followed by the OSD/STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence). Make sure the menu item CLEAR is highlighted. Use the MENU UP/DOWN buttons, if necessary. Press the MENU RIGHT button to clear the error buffer. The text on the right side of the CLEAR line will change from CLEAR? to CLEARED If the contents of the error buffer have not changed for 50 hours, the error buffer resets automatically. Note: If you exit SAM by disconnecting the AC power from the television set, the error buffer is not reset.
5.5.3
Error Codes In case of non-intermittent faults, write down the errors present
Check item 2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412 3404, 7405 3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454 1000, 5010, (PIP Module) 7604, 7605 7200, 3207, 3214 7601, 3604, 3605 1000, 5001 7330, 3351, CRT 7242 (PIP Module) DVD Interface module 7610 7201 -
Diagram A2 A2 A2 F2 A5 A4 A5 A3 B1 F1 DVD Loader H F2 A4 A4
Not applicable No Error Not applicable X-Ray/Over-voltage protection (US only) Not applicable High beam (BCI) protection Not applicable Vertical guard protection Tuner I2C bus I2C error while communicating with 2nd tuner General I2C error Not applicable +5v protection Not applicable Not applicable 24C16 Tuner TDA6107/A SDA9488X DVD Loader TDA9887 I2C error while communicating with the EEPROM I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner Black current loop instability protection I2C error while communicating with the PIP processor I2C error while communicating with the DVD Interface module I2C error while communicating with PIP_Demodulator
Not applicable TDA9178T/N1 I2C error while communicating with LTI module Not applicable Not applicable TDA1200x TDA1200x
I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder 7200 I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC 7200
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure
Using this procedure, you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful when there is no picture. When the SDM is entered, the front LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer: When all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence finishes with a LED blink of 1.5 seconds, The sequence starts again. Example of error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDM, the following occurs: 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequence, 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds, 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds, 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds, 1 long blink of 1.5 seconds to finish the sequence, The sequence starts again at 12 short blinks.
L04L AA
5.
EN 31
Table 5-4 NVM default values for LATAM-region

Address (dec) Default values (dec) 28PW6441 28PW6542 32PW6542 37 10 26 31 31 30 40 26 37 30 32 26 25 32 32 29 19 20 36 1 9 48 87 8 22 7 21 15 23 -2 3 0 50 3 31 31 31 3 16 63 50 50 50 50 0 50 -3 5 26 32 27 2 -6 20 50 80 25PT5541 29PT4641 37 10 26 31 31 30 40 26 37 30 30 26 25 32 32 29 19 20 36 1 9 32 87 8 22 7 21 15 23 -2 3 0 50 3 31 31 31 3 16 63 50 50 50 50 0 50 -3 5 26 32 27 2 -6 20 50 85 1 9 48 87 8 22 7 21 15 23 -2 3 0 50 3 31 31 31 3 16 63 50 50 50 50 0 50 -3 5 26 32 27 2 -6 20 50 80 29PT5642 37 10 26 31 31 30 40 26 37 30 32 26 25 32 32 29 19 20 36
Item
EW (EW Width) PW (EW Parabola Width) HS (Horizontal Shift) HP (Horizontal Parallelogram) HB (Horizontal Bow) UCP (EW Upper Corner Parabola) LCP (EW Lower Corner Parabola) TC (EW Trapezium) VS (Vertical Slope) VA (Vertical Amplitude) SC (S-Correction) VSH (Vertical Shift) VX (Vertical Zoom) VSL (Vertical Scroll) VL (Vertical Linearity) BLOR (Black Level Offset - Red) BLOG (Black Level Offset - Green) AGC (AGC Takeover) OIF (IF-PLL Offset) AGC10 (AGC 10) H60 (60 Hz Horizontal Shift) 60 Hz Vertical Amplitude YD & CL RGB amplitude for full teletext mode NVM_TABLE_VERSION OPTION_TABLE_VERSION CVI_BLOR CVI_BLOG TXT Brightness V60 offset (60Hz Vertical Amplitude) FOAB, CHSE SPR, WS VMA, SVM NVM_SOC_SMD CCC-PGR CCC-PGG CCC-PGB NVM_FMWS NVM_ASD_SC1_THR NVM_CRYSTALALIGN Last Brightness (VID PP others) Last Color (VID PP others) Last Contrast (VID PP others) Last Sharpness (VID PP others) Last Hue (VID PP others) Last Color Temperature (VID PP others) White-D Cool Red White-D Cool Blue White-D Normal Red White-D Normal Green White-D Normal Blue White-D Warm Red White-D Warm Blue Last Volume Last Balance Last Treble (AUD PP others) Last Bass (AUD PP others)
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 42 43 46 60 61 62 63 64 66 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 149 150 208 264 265 266 267 268 269 294 296 297 298 299 300 302 343 344 345 346
37 10 26 31 31 30 40 26 37 30 30 26 25 32 32 29 19 20 36 1 9 32 87 8 22 7 21 15 23 -2 3 0 50 3 31 31 31 3 16 63 50 50 50 50 0 50 -3 5 26 32 27 2 -6 20 50 85
37 10 26 31 31 30 40 26 37 30 30 26 25 32 32 29 19 20 36 1 9 32 87 8 22 7 21 15 23 -2 3 0 50 3 31 31 31 3 16 63 50 50 50 50 0 50 -3 5 26 32 27 2 -6 20 50 85
37 10 26 31 31 30 40 26 37 30 30 26 25 32 32 29 19 20 36 1 9 32 87 8 22 7 21 15 23 -2 3 0 50 3 31 31 31 3 16 63 50 50 50 50 0 50 -3 5 26 32 27 2 -6 20 50 85
5.7
Protections
If a fault situation is detected, an error code will be generated; and, if necessary, the television set will go into protection mode. Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode. In some error cases, the microprocessor does not put the set in protection mode. The error codes of the error buffer and the blinking LED procedure can be read via the Service Default Menu (SDM), or via ComPair. To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has three service modes implemented: The Customer Service Mode (CSM). The Service Default Mode (SDM). The Service Alignment Mode (SAM). For a detailed mode description, see the relevant sections.
5.8
Fault Finding and Repair Tips

Notes: It is assumed that the components are mounted correctly with correct values and no bad solder joints. Before any fault finding actions, check if the correct options are set.
5.8.1
NVM Editor In some cases, it can be handy if one directly can change the NVM contents. This can be done with the NVM Editor in SAM mode. In the next table, the default NVM values are given.
173 173 173 173 173 173
EN 32
5.8.2
5.
L04L AA

5.8.3 Deflection One Thin Vertical Line Quick check: Set in protection mode. LED blinking with error 3.
Power Supply Set Not Working
Check Power Supply Mains Switch
Bridge Rectifier circuit 6500
Not Ok
Check fusible resistor 3510 & circuit before it
One Thin Vertical Line LED Blinking
Ok
Check DC voltage at 2505/2507
Not Ok
Check all connection and peripheral at Deflection Circuit in place
Ok
Check fusible resistor 3532
Check 7512
Check IC7511 & IC7531
Check Line Transistor 7405
Ok Check other fusible resistor and capacitor in the circuit
Set able to start-up
No
Yes
Is VBE between 200mV to 30mV & VCB approximately 500mV
Yes
Check Horizontal Deflection Circuitry
End
E_14480_057.eps 190204
Figure 5-5 Fault finding tree Set not working Set Does Not Start Up
Replace transistor
E_14480_059.eps 170204
Set Unable to Start
Figure 5-7 Fault finding tree One thin vertical line One Thin Horizontal Line Quick check: Set in protection mode. LED blinking with error 2.
Software loaded?
No
Fuse Blown?
Yes
Change Fuse
Yes
Load Software Check voltage across 2552
One Horizontal Thin Line LED Blinking

Is Vbatt approximately 140V No Check Power Supply circuit
Yes Check voltage 2562 &2563 No 16V
Check all connection and peripheral at Deflection Circuit in place
Yes
Check 3V across 2535 Yes Check 6V across 2535
Check transistor (7451, 7523, 7543) at Vertical Deflection Circuitry
Replace transistor
Yes
Set able to Start
No
Check Line Transistor 7405
Yes
Check Vertical Deflection Circuit

E_14480_058.eps 170204
End
E_14480_060.eps 170204
Figure 5-6 Fault finding tree Set does not start up
Figure 5-8 Fault finding tree One thin horizontal line

Blank Screen 5.8.5 Tuner and IF
L04L AA
5.
EN 33
Blank Screen
Check Vg2 (fine tune)
Ok
Picture appears?
Not Ok
Picture not appearing
No Picture 1. Check that the Option settings are correct. 2. If correct, check that supply voltages are there. 3. If supply voltages are present, check whether picture is present in AV. 4. If picture is present in AV, check with the scope the Tuner IF output signal by manual storage to a known channel. 5. If IF output is present, Tuner is working fine. If no IF output, I2C data lines may be open, check continuity of I2C lines. If I2C lines are ok, Tuner may be defect, replaced Tuner. 6. If Tuner IF is present and yet still no picture in RF mode, go to Video Processing troubleshooting section. No Picture, No Sound
No Picture, No Sound, Raster Ok Check tuning supply voltage, pin 9 of tuner
Check Beam Current Limit (voltage is 1.8V-2V when brightness and contrast is set to the maximum
Not Ok
Check deflection circuit
Ok
Check heater voltage (measure pin 9&10 at the CRT socket)
Picture not appearing
Ok
Check AGC Voltage, pin 1 of tuner Yes
>30V & <35V
No
Check VT Supply Section
Not Ok Check video supply (2457) is approximately 180V

AGC voltage changes with different signal strength
Check supply voltage, pin 7 of tuner
Ok
Picture appears?
5V No Yes Check AGC circuit section
No
Check Power Supply
Ok End
E_14480_061.eps 170204
Check Tuner pin 4 & 5 I2C Bus
Ok
No
Figure 5-9 Fault finding tree Blank screen 5.8.4

Yes
Check other functional area
Source Selection Set is not able to go into AV or any missing AV is encountered E.g. AV1 is available but not able to enter to AV1: Check if the option setting is correct. Set is able to go to AV, but no audio is heard. 1. Check that continuity of signal is there from the SCART/ Cinch input to the input of the Hercules. 2. If continuity is there and still no audio, check that option settings are correct. 3. If logic setting is correct and still no audio, proceed to Audio Decoder/Processor troubleshooting section. Set is able to go into AV but no video is available: 1. Check continuity from AV input to HERCULES depending on the input. 2. If continuity is available and yet no video, proceed to Video Processor troubleshooting section.
Replace Tuner
E_14480_062.eps 170204
Figure 5-10 Fault finding tree No picture, no sound
EN 34
5.
L04L AA

5.8.6 Controller Below are some guidelines for troubleshooting of the Micro Controller function. Normally Micro Controller should be checked when there is a problem of startup. 1. Check that both +3.3 V_dc and +1.8 V_dc are present. 2. Check that crystal oscillator is working. 3. Check that Power Good signal is at high logic, normal operation. 4. Check that HERCULES is not in standby mode. Pin 15 of HERCULES should be 0 V_dc. 5. Make sure H-drive pulse is there. This can be checked at resistor R3239. If H-drive does not exist, remove resistor R3239 to check if there is loading. Note: When the set shuts down after a few second after power on, the main cause is that Vg2 not aligned properly, try adjusting Vg2 during the few seconds of power on. 5.8.7 Video Processing No Picture When no picture in RF, first check if the microprocessor is functioning ok in section Controller. If that is ok, follow the next steps. When no picture in AV, first check if the video source selection is functioning ok in section Source Selection. If that is ok, follow the next steps. 1. Check that normal operating conditions are met. 2. Check that there is video signal at pin 81. If no video, demodulator part of the HERCULES is faulty, replace with new HERCULES. 3. If video signal is available at pin 81, check pin 56, 57, and 58 for the RGB signal. 4. If signal is not available, try checking the BRIGHTNESS and/or CONTRAST control, and make sure it is not at zero. 5. If still with the correct settings and no video is available, proceed to the CRT/RGB amplifier diagram. For sets with TDA9178, follow steps below: 1. Put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to 0; if video signal is not available, then check fault finding section Controller, Section Source Selection, and steps above. 2. If video is available but not correct, put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to 1, then check if LTI panel is present. If not, put LTI panel in the main chassis (connector 1221). 3. If LTI panel is in main chassis, check cable between LTI panel and main chassis (position is 1206). If it is connected, then the LTI panel is faulty, replace it. For sets with Scavem, and Scavem does not work, follow steps below: 1. Check Scavem coil connector (position is 1361) if connected; if not, connect it. 2. If connected, check NVM bit storage byte 1 bit 7; if it is not 1, set it to 1. 3. If it is 1, then check the data of the NVM addresses as in the next table. If the data is not correct, then set these addresses to diagram values. 4. If it still not works, track Scavem output from pin64 of HERCULES to CRT panel.
Picture Ok, No Sound

Check IF output of tuner, pin 11
CVBS present?
No
Refer to fig. "Power Supply: Set not working"
Yes
Check SAW filter output (pin 4&5) EU/AP/CH (QSS)- 1001 NA/LA/AP INT - 1002
Output Ok?
No
Replace SAW filter
Yes
Check other functional area

E_14480_063.eps 170204
Figure 5-11 Fault finding tree Picture ok, no sound Unable To Perform Tuning
Unable to perform tuning
Enter SDM check optionbyte 1
Incorrect
Enter SDM and change to the appropriate byte
Correct
Check if tuner Supply Voltage pin 7
5V
No
Check Power Supply
Check I2C circuit
Replace Tuner
Yes
No
Check Tuner Supply Voltage Yes Check I2C at pin 4 & 5 and tuner
33V
Not Ok
Not Ok
Not Ok Ok I2C Check other functional area Not Ok

E_14480_064.eps 170204
Tuner
Table 5-5 NVM default values for Scavem Figure 5-12 Fault finding tree Unable to perform tuning
Description SPR, WS VMA, SVM NVM_SOC_SMD Address (dec) Address (hex) Value (hex) 140 141 142 8C 8D 8E 00 32 03

5.8.8 Audio Processing No Sound
L04L AA
5.
EN 35
Tuner IF Ok
Not Ok
Check Tuner/IF
Ok
Check AUDOUTLSL & AUDOUTLSR pin at Hercules
Not Ok
Check Hercules IC
Ok
Check Audio Amplifier
Not Ok
Check Audio Power Supply
Check Power Supply
Ok
Check Audio Amplifier Circuit and loud speaker
Not Ok
Replace Audio Amplifier
Ok
Check NVM
E_14480_065.eps 170204
Figure 5-13 Fault finding tree No sound No RF audio for QSS/Inter-Carrier stereo sets. 1. Check pin 99 and 100 for SIF signal (for QSS) or pin 104 and 105 for video with SIF (for Inter-Carrier) 2. If signal is not present, check for the QSS/FMI bit settings. Check also the NVM data. 3. If signals are present and still no audio, check the audio supply voltage +8V are present. 4. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty. No AV audio. 1. Check troubleshooting methods in section Source Selection. 2. Check the output of the Hercules to see if there is signal available. If no, check the normal operating condition and also the NVM data. 3. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty. Note: If there is audio signal at Hercules output and no audio at loudspeaker, proceed to Audio Amplifier troubleshooting methods. 5.8.9 Audio Amplifier No RF as well as AV audio at the loudspeaker: 1. Check that the normal operation condition of the amplifier is met. 2. If normal operation conditions are met, check the continuity from Hercules output to input of the amplifier. 3. If continuity is there and still no audio, check speaker wire connections. If still no audio, amplifier IC might be faulty
EN 36
5.
L04L AA
Personal Notes:
E_06532_012.eps 130204
Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms
L04L AA
6.
37
6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram
DEGAUSSING COIL
E
1010 3P
TOP CONTROL PANEL

AQUADAG
CRT 16:9
EHT CRT
(component view)
FRAME ROTATION COIL YELLOW
B
RIGHT SPEAKER
CRT PANEL
5P 1351 1361 3P
ORANGE BLUE
RED SCAVEM COIL
1332 1352
7P
RED BLACK
LEFT SPEAKER
CRT SOCKET
1381 3P
B
CRT PANEL
BLACK RED
J
1693
6P
FRONT INTERFACE
Warning: Some models have tact switch.
1693
6P
D SIDE A/V PANEL +

HEADPHONE
1252
7P
MAINS SWITCH
1504 2P
1505 2P
MAINS CORD 1212 2P 1211

2P
E_14480_021.eps 270204
CVBS (YELLOW) LEFT (WHITE) RIGHT (RED)

1279
3P
1254
5P
5P 1280
A
1682
MONO CARRIER
1278
4P
HEADPHONE
7P
3P
to SUB WOOFER (OPTONAL)
(track view)
3P
G
1221 1404 2P
7P
LINEARITY& PANORAMA
H
1215 1206
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
1214
1206
1462 3P
5401
12P
7P
1212
1212 1207
7P
12P
1401
5P
1451 2P LOT
1005 3P COMPAIR CONNECTOR
TUNER
2P
LTI/ CTI
1461
2P
1204
1464
L04L AA
6.
38
Block Diagram Supply and Deflection

SUPPLY AND DEFLECTION
SUPPLY
J
1211 1
FRONT INTERFACE
1231 1212 1
ONLY FOR: 28"WSRF LA/NA 32" WSRF LA/NA 28" WS-SF LA
LINEARITY & PANORAMA 7460 ACTIVATING CIRCUIT

7462
2 MAINS SWITCH (not USA)
2 1404 4 1
2466
2464 2467
1461 4 LINEARITY AND PANORAMA CORRECTION

2474 2475
1 HOR. DEFL. COIL
1462 1 TO 1221
+9V
1463
A5
CONNECTIONS
2 3 I2SD/1
7463
DEFLECTION
A1 POWER SUPPLY
1504 Degaussing Coil 3
3507
A4 HERCULES
2240
3232
4 1
1505
t
5500 : 5502
ENERGIZING CIRCUIT (optional)
Vguard
1503
EHTinfo
7541 V_DG 7200-H (SYNC)
A2
A2
A2 LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION

+6VA Vbatt
112
113
116
LINE
7408
F402
1506
1500 T4E
6500
AC F508
VIDEO IDENT
VERTICAL GUARD DETECTOR
HD R.G.B. BLANKING TO RGB PROC.

-9V
F412
6401 5445
F414
I433
6486 3 1 5402 7405 BU4508DX
OR 1505
EHT
DC
2505 7404 5520 9 17 18

F563 F552
TO CRT
7401 : 7403 3411 7480 : 7483 POWER-DOWN
A1
FRAME_FB
MAINS SWITCH (not USA)
B1
5551 6551
5552
MAIN SUPPLY
I513
Vbatt
PHI 1 DETECTOR
HORIZONTAL OSC.
PHI 2 DETECTOR
HORIZONTAL OUTPUT
62
HDRIVE
OR
F418
+Vbatt
8 4
HD 5562 6563 1543 -Vaudio

F561
FOCUS VG2
7511 TEA1506T
DRAIN
3513 14 11 9 3514
G
13 14
7512
I516
7207
D S
5 3 2
63 +Vaudio INTF_Y GREEN_IN 56
SANDCASTLE
E/W
+8V +8V
A5
DRIVER I511
I519
2 2511 6
Vcc
SENSE
3532 3516
7514
10
5561 6562
6571
A5
CONTROL IC
CTRL DEMAG
+6VA 11 3571 7571 REFERENCE CIRCUIT 3575
MAIN SYNC SEPARATOR
SANDCASTLE GENERATOR 7410
LINE OUTPUT CIRCUIT + E/W 3497 CORR.
1404 1 10 2 HOR. DEFL. COIL
3442
3451
EHTb EHTb + EHTinfo + EHTinfo BCL PROC.
A4
6481 3481
3410 2403
BCL
A4
1454
3420
I417
3440
3517
6511 4
3518
E/W + GEOMETRY
108
EW_DRIVE
7406
6452 6483 6453 6484

3458 3484
F452
-12V Vbatt
F453
7484 5
3498
1 7515 TCET1103 7573 2 6573
+3V3 STANDBY CIRCUIT
3576
VIDEO/SUPPLY
F455
Stdby_Con
A4
I573
7 7411 8 6456
FILAMENT
3485 1452
+9V
3457 2456
STANDBY SUPPLY
6512 7531 TEA1620 3 6533
3530
Vcc DRAIN
1532 1A
3532
9 EHTinfo 5531 4 6564

7561 6565 2564 6566 3565
6454 6455
POWER-DOWN A4 2x
F564
A2
97
EHTo
X-RAY PROTECTION
FRAME
+9V
3455
6459
3519
I533
14
5 6535
CONTROL IC
6
REG SOURCE
2534
10 9
2535
F536
6676 5537
+3V +6VA +6VA +6V
VERTICAL SYNC SEPARATOR
VERTICAL DIVIDER
VERTICAL SAWTHOOTH
7532
I531
12 3538
1 2
6536 2536
VERTICAL OUTPUT + GEOMETRY
106 107
VDRA VDRB
F460
3462
7451
3474
F461
EHTb Vguard
1401 5 4
7455
7456
3465 7454 3466
A4
F458
FILAMENT VIDEO/SUPPLY
Vbatt
3 2 1
TO 1351
B1
CRT
F537
11
AUX
6 6532
3534 3531
6537
S
D 7535 G I548 7536
Vaux 7452
7453
1491 1 2
3463
VER. DEFL. COIL

F459
3401
VT_SUPPLY
F401
A4
-12V
3461 3471
FRAME_FB
For IDTV only
HOT GROUND
COLD GROUND
E_14480_024.eps 270204
L04L AA
6.
39
Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier

F001 F002 F003 F004 F005 F006 F007 F008 F009 F010 F011 A8 A7 A7 A7 A8 A6 A8 A8 B4 A7 A8 F101 F102 F103 F104 F105 F106 F107 F108 F109 F110 F111 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 C8 B8 F112 F113 F115 F116 F117 F119 F120 F121 F122 F123 F138 C8 C8 C7 C7 C7 A8 A8 A8 B8 B8 B7 F200 F201 F202 F203 F204 F205 F206 F207 F208 F209 F210 B4 C5 B5 B5 C5 C5 C6 B5 B6 A5 A4 F211 F212 F213 F214 F215 F216 F217 F218 F219 F220 F221 A4 A5 A5 B5 B6 C6 C6 C6 B7 B7 B7 F222 F223 F224 F225 F226 F227 F228 F229 F230 F232 F233 C7 B7 C6 C6 B6 A4 C5 C5 B5 B5 B5 F237 F238 F239 F240 F241 F242 F243 F244 F245 F247 F248 B5 B4 B5 C5 C6 C6 C6 B5 C6 A6 A6 F249 F250 F251 F270 F401 F402 F404 F407 F412 F414 F415 A7 C6 B5 B5 C4 D6 D6 D6 C6 E7 E6 F416 F417 F418 F419 F420 F451 F452 F453 F454 F455 F456 E6 E5 D6 D6 D7 C8 C7 D7 C7 D7 E7 F457 F458 F459 F460 F461 F462 F463 F464 F465 F466 F500 E7 C7 C7 C7 C7 E7 D8 E5 E5 E8 C2 F501 F502 F503 F504 F505 F506 F507 F508 F509 F510 F535 D2 D2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E3 E4 D5 C4 F536 F537 F541 F542 F551 F552 F561 F562 F563 F564 F573 C5 C3 C3 C3 C5 D5 C4 D4 C4 C5 C5 F581 F582 F583 F682 F683 F685 F691 F692 F693 F694 F695 B3 B4 C4 B1 B1 B1 C1 D1 E1 C1 C1 F696 F697 F698 F699 F901 F903 F904 F905 F910 F911 F950 D1 E1 C1 D1 B3 B2 B1 B2 B3 B3 B3 F951 F952 F953 F955 I001 I002 I003 I004 I005 I006 I007 B3 A3 A3 A3 A8 A8 A7 A7 A5 A5 A7 I008 I009 I010 I011 I012 I013 I014 I015 I016 I017 I104 A5 A5 A5 A7 A7 A6 A8 A8 A7 B5 B8 I105 I106 I107 I108 I109 I110 I111 I112 I113 I114 I115 B7 B7 B8 B7 B7 B7 B8 B7 C8 B8 C8 I116 I117 I118 I119 I120 I201 I203 I204 I205 I206 I207 B7 B8 A7 A7 B7 A5 A5 A5 A5 A5 B6 I208 I209 I210 I211 I212 I213 I214 I215 I216 I217 I218 C5 B6 B6 C6 B6 A5 A5 A6 B6 B7 B6 I219 I222 I223 I224 I225 I226 I227 I228 I229 I230 I231 B6 B5 B5 B4 B5 C6 A5 B5 C5 B5 B5 I232 I233 I234 I235 I236 I240 I241 I401 I402 I403 I404 A7 B7 A4 B5 B5 A4 A4 E7 E6 E7 E7 I405 I406 I407 I409 I410 I412 I413 I414 I415 I416 I417 E7 E7 E7 E8 E6 E6 C6 D6 C6 C5 D5 I418 I419 I421 I422 I423 I424 I425 I426 I427 I428 I429 D6 C6 D7 D7 D5 E8 C6 D7 D5 D6 E8 I430 I431 I432 I433 I434 I443 I444 I445 I446 I448 I449 E6 C7 D6 E6 C5 E7 E7 E7 C5 E7 D8 I451 I452 I453 I455 I456 I457 I458 I459 I460 I461 I462 D7 E8 D7 D7 D8 D7 D7 D7 C8 C8 C8 I463 I464 I465 I466 I467 I468 I469 I470 I471 I472 I473 D8 C8 E7 D7 E8 D7 E8 D8 C8 C7 E5 I474 I475 I501 I502 I503 I504 I505 I506 I507 I511 I513 I514 I515 I516 I517 I518 I519 I520 I521 I523 I524 I527 I529 I531 I532 I533 I535 I536 I537 I538 I539 I540 I541 I542 I543 I544 I545 I546 I547 I548 I551 I552 I553 I554 I555 I556 I557 I561 I562 I565 I571 I572 I573 I574 I575 I576 I577 I578 I579 I582 I583 I584 I585 I586 I587 I588 I681 I682 I683 I686 I687 I688 I689 I691 I693 I909 I910 I911 I913 I914 I915 I916 I918 I919 I920 I921 I922 I924 I925 I926 I927 I928 I930 I934 I935 I936 I937 I938 I939 I940 E6 D8 E3 E3 E2 E2 D1 E3 D3 E5 E5 D4 E4 E4 E4 E5 E5 E5 E4 E5 E5 E5 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 C4 C3 D3 D4 D4 C3 C2 D3 C3 C3 C3 C3 D5 D5 D3 D4 D4 D4 D3 D4 D4 C4 D5 C5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D4 B4 B4 B4 B4 B4 C4 B4 E1 B1 B1 C1 D1 C1 D1 E1 D1 B3 C3 C3 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 B3 C2 C2 B3 B3 B2 C2 B1 B2 B2 B1 B2 C2 B2 B2 B2 I941 I942 I943 I944 I945 I946 I948 I951 I952 I953 I954 I955 I956 I957 I958 B2 C3 B2 C3 C2 B3 B3 B3 A3 A3 A3 B3 A3 A3 B4
SERVICE TEST POINT
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_029.eps 200204
L04L AA
6.
40
Block Diagram Video

VIDEO
H
1214 1
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
7611 TDA8601T CLAMP CLAMP CLAMP CLAMP CLAMP CLAMP
7630 7635
3-STATE
7610 TDA9178T
A5
1212 1212 4 6 8
YOUT 19 17 16 Y_2 Pb_2 Pr_2
CONN.
INTF_Y_OUT 2 INTF_Y 6
12
YIN
4 6 8
INTF_Y/GREEN_IN INTF_Pb/BLUE_IN INTF_Pr/RED_IN
N.C.
INTF_U_OUT 3 INTF_Pb 7 INTF_V_OUT 4 INTF_Pr 8 15 14
3-STATE
11
UIN
LTI/CTI PROC.
ERR 15
UOUT VOUT
3-STATE
10
VIN
3-STATE
13 SC 1
16
1216
PULSE FORMER
INTF_FBL INTF_FBL
9 9 10
INTF_FBL SANDCASTLE
N.C.
SANDCASTLE 10
A5
1212
INTF_Y_OUT INTF_U_OUT INTF_V_OUT
1212 1 2 3
1215 1
SDA SCL SDA SCL INTF_BBL
1206 1 3 6
1206 1 3 6
SDA SCL INTF_BBL
1 2 3
N.C.
INTF_Pb/BLUE_IN
INTF_Y/GREE_IN
SC1_RED_IN
A4 HERCULES
7200-A (IF) 7200-B (CVBS I/O + FILTERS + COLOUR DECODING)
(RGB/YPrPb/YUV 7200-C INPUT SWITCHING)
INTF_Y_OUT
INTF_U-OUT
INTF_V-OUT
SSIF
SC1_BLUE_IN
TO AUDIO PART
See block diagram AUDIO
51 50 49
53
54
55
57 58 59
INTF_Pr/RED_IN
SC1_GREEN_IN
A3
+5V
TUNER IF
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROC. - 4:3 LINEAR/NON-LINEAR SCALING - DOUBLE WINDOW PROC.
7003 9002 9003 +5VS
A2 VT_SUPPLY
5001 1000 6, 7 9 VT
6001 BZX79-C33
SSIF
PHASE DISC
1002 1003
VCO
SWITCH
86 N.C.
SW_SC2_CVBS 81
OUTPUT SWITCH
65
INTF_CVBS_OUT N.C.
YPrPb2/ YPrPb3 SELECTION
RGB2/ RGB3 SELECTION ADC DAC
F002 F004
FM
ERR FM-RADIO FM 10 10 TUNER
PLL
VIF_1 VIF_2 24 25
TV
+ IF 11 TV TUNER AGC 1
VIDEO IF
VIDEO DEMOD
SOUND TRAP
SC1_CVBS_IN 74 SC2_Y/CVBS_IN 71 SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN 78 CVBS1 INPUT SWITCH CVBS/Y COMB FILTER &TRAP SWITCH C CHROMA/CVBS Yint Uint PAL, NTSC SECAM DECODER Uint Vint Vint SC1_FBL N.C. VIDEO IDENT 52 INSSW3 SELECTION LOGIC
YUV RGB DVD
Yint
Yint
DVD TO DVD
RGB TO DVD
DVD TO YUV
YUV TO DVD
5 3001
I002
A4 SDA
3000
I001
RF
31
TUNER IF AGC
PLL SC2_CHROMA_IN 70 SOUND MIXER FM/QSS TO AUDIO PART AM

See block diagram AUDIO
Y Pr Pb
DINT FILAMENT 1381 1 2 ROTATION OUTPUT ROTATION COIL (OPTIONAL) FILAMENT VSVM 1361 1 2 SCAVEM OUTPUT SCAVEM COIL (OPTIONAL) +200VA 1331 1 B 2 G 3 R 4 5 6 7 BC_INFO SVM 25kV 7 ROT VSVM FILAMENT
V14 V12 V13 V16
A4 SCL
1004 7001 SIF1 SIF2 29 30 FILTER SELECTION
SIDE_CHROMA_IN 77
RGB
DVD
A4 SEL-LLPIM
AUDIO IF QSS/AM
AM SOUND DET.
SC1_FBL
A8 REAR I/O CINCH

SC2_Y/CVBS_IN
2 3
B1 CRT
SC2_CHROMA_IN
B2 SCAVEM
SVHS
1 5 4
ROT
AV1
V SC1_CVBS_IN
AV2
V
YUV INPUT
Y U V SC1_GREEN_IN SC1_BLUE_IN SC1_RED_IN
A4 HERCULES A5
7606 7607
A5
7200-E (RGB PROCESSING + CATHODE CALIBRATION)
SVM
7200-D (YUV PROCESSING)
MONITOR OUTPUT
V SC2_CVBS_OUT
SW_SC2_CVBS
FROM P PART
F240 F241
G_OSD
R_OSD
B_OSD
F242
SIDE AV
FBL
A5 CONNECTION
R
1204 42 3226 3227 3228 BOUT GOUT ROUT IBLACK 45 SVM 1 2 3 4 5 6
7330 3
V11
YUV
7 B 3332 9 G 3334 3336

V15
1332 11 6
B G R
1252
Y
1207 7 6
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
7 6
Y Pr PEAKING
WHITE/BLACK STRETCH GAMMA COR.
RGB ADDER
G B
CLAMP + MUTE
BLUE STRETCH & CONTRAST
AQUADAG
OSD INSERTION
BRIGHTNESS + PEAK WHITE LIM.
CATHODE CALIBRATION
OUTPUT STAGE
43 44
Pb C
V14
CRT
SVHS
1 5 4
SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN
2 5
8 R
10 9
5 7 1
VIDEO IN
R_Y TINT CONTROL SKINTONE SATURATION MATRIX G_Y B_Y

64
46 ROT 7308 BCL
+200V 3351 +200VA 2351
EHT-b
SCAVEM PROC.
A2 FROM DEFLECTION
A2
A4
1351
1 1351 3 2
E_14480_027.eps 270204
to 1401 A2 DEFLECTION
EHT
5352
VG2 FOCUS DEFLECTION
BEAM CURRENT LIM.
L04L AA
6.
41
Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel

CRT
F331 F332 F333 F334 F335 F336 F338 F339 F340 F341 F351 F352 F353 F354 F356 F360 F361 F362 F381 F382 I330 I331 I332 I333 I334 I335 I336 I337 I351 I353 I355 I357 I360 I361 I362 I363 I364 I365 I366 I367 I368 I369 I370 I371 I372 I373 I374 I375 I381 I383 I384 I385 I386 I387 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
3139 123 5674.1
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1626 1627 1628 1633
A2 A2 A1 A2 A1 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A2
3139 123 5740.1
E_14480_069.eps 270204
L04L AA
6.
42
Block Diagram Audio/Control

AUDIO A3 TUNER IF
7003 9002 +5V 9003 +5VS
A4 HERCULES
7200-A (IF)
SSIF
A8 REAR I/O CINCH

SUBWOOFER
(optional)
7200-F (AUDIO) DIGITAL PART
3164
A2 VT_SUPPLY
5001 1000 2
FM
SPDIF
AUDIO SELECT SCART CINCH OUTPUT 92 93 SC1_R_OUT SC1_L_OUT
7103
6001 BZX79-C33 9 VT
F002
(optional)
1228 1
6, 7
PHASE DISC
1002 1003
VCO
FM/QSS SSIF
96
FM DEM.
AMPLI + MUTE
AUDIO SOURCE SELECTION
ADC
DIGITAL SOUND PROCESSING
DAC
ERR FM-RADIO FM 10 10 TUNER
PLL
VIF_1 VIF_2 24 25
To VIDEO PART see block diagram VIDEO
N.C.
3161
2 3
+ 11 TV TUNER IF
TV
F004
AM DIGITAL STEREO SOUND DECODER AUDIO SELECT HP OUTPUT 66 67 SC2_R_OUT SC2_L_OUT
VIDEO IF
VIDEO DEMOD
5 3001
I002
AGC 1
INTF_R_IN
75 76 72 73 79 80 94 95
N.C.
RF 31
INTF_L_IN SC2_R_IN SC2_L_IN
MONITOR OUT
L 68 69 MAIN_OUTR MAIN_OUTL
MUTING
A4 SDA
3000
I001
TUNER IF AGC
PLL
ERR 19
A4 SCL
1004 7001 SIF1 SIF2 29 30 FILTER SELECTION
SOUND MIXER AUDIO IF QSS/AM AM SOUND DET.
FM/QSS
SIDE_R_IN SIDE_L_IN
LS OUTPUT
R
7140
A4 SEL-LLPIM
AM
SC1_R_IN SC1_L_IN
A8 REAR I/O CINCH

AV1
L R SC1_L_IN SC1_R_IN
I951
A7 AUDIO AMPLIFIER
V AUDIO+1 7990 TDA2616Q 7

F952
7993, 7994
A5
A4 Stby_Con A4 POWER_DOWN
1281 5
F955
MUTE
MUTING
MAIN_OUTL
1
I952
L 8 Ohm/15W
AV2
L R SC2_L_IN SC2_R_IN
MAIN_OUTR
R 8 Ohm/15W
D
1280 1 1254 5 OR 2 2
SIDE AV
D
L R
SIDE AV
1252 3 1
A5 CONNECTIVITIES
1207 3 1
SIDE_L_IN SIDE_R_IN
7991 7992
-V AUDIO
1278 1
A4 VOL_MUTE
VOLUME + MUTE
L 8 Ohm/15W
7991
2
R 8 Ohm/15W
CONTROL
E
TOP CONTROL
A4 HERCULES (CONTROL)
1010 2
PWRDOWN 31
A5 FEATURES
+3.3V
LOCAL KEYBOARD
7200-G (Control) TDA12001H1 1682 2
22
WRITE_PROTECT
+3.3V
I/O PORTS
9 32 30 14
EEPROM 8 (NVM) 6 ERR 5 9
J1 FRONT INTERFACE (PARTLY)

6692 TSOP1836 IR 6691 +3.3V LED
A9
1693 3 4 5 1693 3 4 5 6
FRONT CONTROL
KEY_PROTN IR LED LIGHT-SENSOR IR LED KEYBOARD OR
+
3202 3204 SDA SCL
3605
3604
IIC BUS TRANSCEIVER + PWM OUTPUTS + CPU
20 21
3207 3214
see IIC DIAGRAM
A1
POWER_DOWN 31
18
VOL_MUTE
A7 A1 A7
KEYBOARD ON/OFF USA only LIGHT_SENSOR
LIGHT_SENSOR
15
Stdby_Con
6693 LIGHT_SENSOR
6693 6692 TSOP1836 1 6691 +3.3V
+
F692
7205
17
ROT
B2 A3
SERVICE DUMPER
IR
OR
TELETEXT (close caption) +
16
SEL_LLPIM
LED
23
I2SD/1 Reset__5V SEL_SC2_INTF
LOCAL KEYBOARD + ON/OFF (USA only)
ROM RAM
KEYBOARD
A5 G A5 A5
24 25
9275 9252 SDM
119 1205 24MHz

ERR 20
118
E_14480_025.eps 270204
L04L AA
6.
43
I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

SUPPLY LINES DIAGRAM
A1 POWER SUPPLY
3 2 4 1 1503 7541 ENERGIZING CIRCUIT (optional) V_DG V_DG 5445 3 5402 5520 9 8 4 5 17 18 14 13 5561 6562 6571 5562 6563 1543 -Vaudio 7404 5551 6551 5552 Vbatt 7405 1 EHT TO CRT Vbatt
6483 6484
A2 LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION

+Vbatt 1401 1 2 3 4 1404 1 2 HOR. DEFL. COIL 10 BCL
1454
B1 CRT
1351 1
B2 SCAVEM
VSVM FILAMENT +5V VSVM +200V +200V +5V 9002
5001
A3 TUNER IF
To TUNER Pin 6.7
Vbatt VIDEO SUPPLY FILAMENT
2 3 4 5
B1
FILAMENT
A4
HDRIVE
FILAMENT
3351 +200A VT_SUPPLY 6001 -/C33 To TUNER Pin 9
A7 AUDIO_AMPLIFIER
-Vaudio Vaudio+1 5 7
7990 TDA2616Q AUDIO OUTPUT
5 FOCUS VG2
To 3405, 3463, 3475 on
+Vaudio
A4
EW_DRIVE
LINE OUTPUT CIRCUIT + E/W CORR.
A2
A5 FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES

-12V
A8 REAR I/O CINCH

Vbutter 1221 Vbutter
SUPPLY PRIMARY SIDE
3 2
10
6 +6VA
6452
12
3571 7571 REFERENCE CIRCUIT 3575
A6 CLASS D
AUDIO AMP
(RESERVED) 1903 9911 *
To 6407 on A2
6453
3458 3484
VIDEO SUPPLY
+9V
1
1212
1 7515 TCET1103 7573 2
+3V3 STANDBY CIRCUIT 6573
3576 +Vaudio STDBY_CON
3401
VT_SUPPLY
FILAMENT
3485
To 6403, 3480, 3420, b-7401, c-7403 on
+9V
+9V
12
A9 FRONT CONTROL
+5V 3690 6694 -/C5V1 3693 To LED To 3-6692 (IR_REC) 1693
Vaudio+1 8 6456
1452
+9V
A2
+9V 4611
A4
+9V +9VA 3639 +9VA_1
* see diversity table

9910 V_DG
3457
2456
6454 6455
3532
3455
6459
+6VA (To 3445)
To VERTICAL DEFLECTION
3610
6610 +8V +8V 1X
5531 4 5
6564
7561 6565 2564 6566 3565
POWER-DOWN
VT_SUPPLY
+6VA 9605 2X Vbuffer
A4
+6VA
J
1693
FRONT INTERFACE
Vbuffer
1X 1X
+6V
10
6535 2535 6676

5537
A4 HERCULES
+3V 2X +6VA 2X +6V 2X
7204 3211 3210 +1.8V_A +3V +3V
+3V
+3V (N.C.)
+6V
+6V
G
1462 1
LINEARITY & PANORAMA
1 2
6536 2536
4604
+6VS
+9V
6537
S
Vaux
D 7535 G 7536
7603 L78L33ACZ 7200 DECDIG

1 3206 7201-2 3 +3.3V +3.3V 1X 16 3209 +1.8V_B +5V +5V 7605 3608 3295 7201-1 +5V +5V
7210
HERCULES
PWM1
115
H
1212 12
LTI/CTI
3610 6610 9613 +8V
HOT GROUND
COLD GROUND
only used in sets with DVD
A1 A1
Stdby_Con POWER_DOWN
15 31
3208
7203
2X 1X
VT_SUPPLY 3606 RESET +5V D

S
7604
6207
+3.3V +3.3V
2204
D
S
7209
A4
3607
3609
+Vbutter
+Vbutter
+6V
+6V
3217 7202
+8V
+8V
I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

A4 HERCULES
+3.3V +3.3V
ERR 6
PIP MODULE (optional)

A5 FEATURES & CONNECTIONS A3 TUNER IF A5 H
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
F1 PIP POWER SUPPLY
F2
TUNER IF
ERROR CODE LIST

Error 0 1 Device Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable I2C bus 24C16 Tuner TDA6107/A TDA9178T/N1 TDA1200x TDA1200x Error description No Error X-Ray/Over -voltage protection (US only) High beam (BCI) protection Vert ical guard protection +5v protection General I2C error I2C error while communicating with the EEPROM I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner Black current loop instability protection I2C error while communicatin g with LTI module I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC Check item 2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412 3404, 7405 3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454 7604, 7605 7200, 3207, 3214 7601, 3604, 3605 1000, 5001 7330, 3351, CRT 7610 7200 7200 Diagram A2 A2 A2 A5 A4 A5 A3 B1 H A4 A4
3202 7200 20 SET PROCESSOR 21 PART OF VIDEOPROCESSER (HERCULES) 3207 3214
3204
1206 1206 1 3 1215 1 3 1214 1 3
SDA SCL
SDA SCL
1 3
2 3 5
6210
6211
3605
3604
3001
3000
3616
3617
3244
3243
3002
3001
3207
3206
6 9 10
+3.3V
4
1005 1 2 For COMPAIR only 3
14
11
10
11
11
3601 22 WRITE_PROTECT 7 7601 PCF8511 EEPROM (NVM) 1000 TUNER 7610 TDA9178T LTI/CTI PROC. 7242 SDA9488X PIP PROC. 1000 UV1316 TUNER PIP 7201 TDA9887 PIP IF DEMO.
ERR 16
15 19 20
ERR 19,20
ERR 9
ERR 10
ERR 15
ERR 12
ERR 4
E_14480_026.eps 270204
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
L04L AA
7.
44
7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier: Power Supply 1 2
3 4
F502 3
7
V_DG 1503 LKS1AF 4 I543
10
2553
180P
11
POWER SUPPLY
3
3523
3541
2501
RES
2 1
F500 F501
47K 6541
1504
Rp
DEGAUSSING COIL
8 I542 16V4 16V4 47u 25V 9506 2506 2503 2n2 33n 2 5503 3 2 6500 1 F508 I501 2541 7541 BC857B Vaux_GND F541
BZX384-C12
9510
9509
* *
3507
Audio_Gnd I552
5502
AUDIO_GND2
AUDIO_GND1
Vaux_GND
A
Vbatt
140V
5551 I551
6551
+t
1501 PFC5000 1502 PFC5000 3509
I506 3508 470R
*
100u 160V 2551 2552 1n
F552
5552 27u 1535 3 2 1
+t
RES
"$"
2507 RES
F542
For DVD
F551 1543
*
2504 2505 2n2 1500 I503 9500 2500 470n 3505 3504 1 1M5 1 RES
Vaux_GND 5562
I579
6563 2563
F563 1R -Vaudio
-16V
B
1505 2 1
* *
2 1
9507
F503
T4E.250V
F506
1506 6 5 4 3
MAINS SWITCH
9501 RES 5501 4
2508
-T 4R7 I507 9511 RES
For ITV only
100n
* *
2
9502 5500 4
1 4 DMF-2810 9505 RES 3510
* *
5512
2542 1542 For Heatsink
*
2565 1n 5561 I562 6562
F509 I502
9514
B
F561 +Vaudio
+16V
F562
AUDIO_GND1
F505 F507
2 3 DMF-2405 9503 RES 3502
3 9504
1508 I504 1509 3500 For Lightning Protection 3M3
9508 F504
* *
18 3503 DSP 2 1 7514 BC847B I517 2V3 3513 2K2 0V BAS316 I524 3521 I515 3K3 5 5511 14 13 12 8 9 2514 2515 470p
1n5
2562
I514
2 17 3 16 4 15 9513 RES
2561 1n
*
AUDIO_GND2
6571 BAV70 A1 K I574 8V2 A2
*
+6VA
3572
3524
47K 6514
I505 I511
7511 TEA1506T/N1 2 15V5 3

Vcc SUPPLY MANAGEMENT START-UP CURRENT SOURCE VALLEY VOLTAGE CONTRLLED OSCILLATOR
1507 For 70W Subwoofer

Drain
*
AUDIO_GND1 AUDIO_GND2
3571
I572 3579 I573 2K2 2571 15n 3573 3575 2572
3506
3M3 2509
1n5
I513 14 297V
3501
*
2V3 G
3M3
7512 D 295V S 0V
I516
3578 470R
I576
7573 PDTC114ET
F573
Stdby_Con
A4
22u 50V
Gnd
11 10 2570
470P
HVS
3514
1510 TO 1013 OF 3529
FREQUENCY CONTROL
START-UP CURRENT SOURCE LOGIC CONTROL CIRCUIT CURRENT SENSING
Demag
7 0V 9 0V
BC547B
6V8
I561
I578
Sense
3511 4R7 F510
3516 0R1
1N5062 3520
BZX79-C9V1
6573
2519
Ctrl
100p
6 0V RGP10D 2517 6511 1n0
INPUT CONTROL CIRCUIT BURST DETECTOR
POWER-ON RESET
OUTPUT DRIVER
11 2V2
I519 100n
6572
Driver
I518
BZX384-B6V2
(For Lightning Protection)
6575
1K5
*
7561 PDTC143ZT 6564 BAS316 2564 100n 3V3 F564 POWER_DOWN
A2, A4(3x)
330K 2513
3517
470p
MAXIMUM ON-TIME PROTECTION
OVER POWER PROTECTION
I523 5513 1u0 2518 10n
5V 3
2 8V2
I575
7513 TCET1103(G) 2573

220n
4K7
15V6
9V3
3574
3576
OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTIOM
3522 47K 2516
3515 1K0 I521
I571
3577
6V2
10n
7V6 7571
I577
3563 220R
I520
* *
6565
6566 BAS316
F535
-17V7
3565 2566 9536

RES
BAT54 COL
E
6512
2538 I527 3518

For IDTV Only
3532
1532
3K3 3512 2512

100n
T315MA
4R7
470P
Vaux_GND I565 4537 BAS316 6576
2547
100n Vaux_GND +3V F536 +6VA
4534 RES 5531 5534 6 Vaux_GND 7 8 Vaux_GND 9 10

SS22220-03
1K2
6535 I537 I538

SB160
5536
RES
1u0 Vaux_GND
BZX384-B6V8
6533
7531 TEA1623 (IDTV)
TEA1620 (Basic)
I535 5
3
VCC DRAIN 14
I533 2550 9532 5532

68p 33P
1u0 5535 1u0 4535

RES
SUPPLY LOGIC
PWM
4 3 I540 2 1
6536
SB180
5537
RES
-8V3
+6V 2548 1u0 Vaux_GND F537 Vaux I548 I546 B

A4
BZX384-C15 I556 I557 6534
1m0 6.3V 2536
2535
BZX384-B3V9
I553
I541
BAV21WS
6540
I544
2539
470P
2m2 10V
VALLEY
9537
RES
3542
68K
4536
2528
3528
I555
1V
OSC
LOW FREQ
2534
6538
* *
*
3V8
2546 I529 470p

For IDTV Only
2545 10n 9512 2543 2n2
RC
STOP
THERMAL SHTDWN
I539
6537 STPS10L60D 2540 2537
Vaux_GND 2m2 16V 7535
I547
3536
33u 3534
3530
2531
100R
220R
8K2
7532
5533
470p 3533
13V
PROT LOGIC
F 1.8 U
BLANK
SI2307DS
*
7536 PDTC143ZT Vaux_GND
I554
12 I532
1R8 (Basic) 2R2 (IDTV)
3539 3R3
I531 I536
6
2V7
2.5V
REG
+ -
3538
0V3
10X
POWER-UP RESET
SOURCE 0V
+
3535 I545 1K0
HOT
COLD
1n
For IDTV Only
Vaux_GND
11 AUX
0V3
GND SGND NC
2K2 2549
2544
3531
100K
2533
3537
100p
10n
4n7
FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V) 220V AC 309V (317V) ..V.. Normal Operation (..V..) Standy Mode
"$"
1545 Provision For Lightning Protection
1 2 7 9 10 13 15 16
HOT GROUND COLD GROUND
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_006.eps 270204
1500 B2 1501 A2 1502 A3 1503 A7 1504 A1 1505 B1 1506 B1 1507 C4 1508 C1 1509 C1 1510 D1 1532 E6 1535 A10 1542 B7 1543 B10 1545 G6 2500 B3 2501 A3 2502 B4 2503 A6 2504 B6 2505 B6 2506 A5 2507 B6 2508 B4 2509 C1 2511 D1 2512 E2 2513 E5 2514 D6 2515 D6 2516 D5 2517 E2 2518 E6 2519 D5 2528 F1 2530 F2 2531 F3 2532 F2 2533 G3 2534 F5 2535 F9 2536 F9 2537 F8 2538 E8 2539 F8 2540 F8 2541 A7 2542 B7 2543 F6 2544 G2 2545 F6 2546 F6 2547 E10 2548 F10 2549 G3 2550 F6 2551 A8 2552 A9 2553 A10 2561 C8 2562 C9 2563 B9 2564 E9 2565 B8 2566 E10 2570 D7 2571 C9 2572 D10 2573 E7 3500 C1 3501 C1 3502 C3 3503 C4 3504 B3 3505 B3 3506 C1 3507 A3 3508 A5 3509 A3 3510 B5 3511 D6 3512 E2 3513 C6 3514 D5 3515 D5 3516 D5 3517 E4 3518 E4 3519 F1 3520 D6 3521 C6 3522 D5 3523 A3 3524 C5 3527 F2 3528 F1 3529 D1 3530 F3 3531 G2 3532 E6 3533 F3 3534 F2 3535 F9 3536 F10 3537 G3 3538 G5 3539 G5 3541 A7 3542 F6 3563 E8 3565 E9 3571 C8 3572 C10 3573 D9 3574 D9 3575 D9 3576 D9 3577 D8
3578 C8 3579 C9 4534 E8 4535 F8 4536 F9 4537 E9 5500 B4 5501 B3 5502 A5 5503 B5 5511 C6 5512 B7 5513 E5 5531 E7 5532 F5 5533 F2 5534 E8 5535 F8 5536 E9 5537 F9 5551 A8 5552 A10 5561 B8 5562 B8 6500 A6 6511 E1 6512 E1 6514 C6 6531 F2 6532 F2 6533 E3 6534 F3 6535 E8 6536 F8 6537 F8 6538 F1 6540 F6 6541 A8 6551 A8 6562 B8 6563 B8 6564 E9 6565 E9 6566 E10 6571 C10 6572 D8 6573 D7 6575 D6 6576 E8 7511 C2 7512 C5 7513 E7 7514 C5 7531 E3 7532 F2 7535 F9 7536 G10 7541 A7 7561 D10 7571 D9 7573 C9 9500 B2 9501 B3 9502 B4 9503 B3 9504 B4 9505 B5 9506 A5 9507 B2 9508 C2 9509 A10 9510 A9 9511 B5 9512 F6 9513 C8 9514 B10 9532 F5 9536 E9 9537 F9 F500 A1 F501 A1 F502 A5 F503 B2 F504 C2 F505 B2 F506 B3 F507 B3 F508 B6 F509 B6 F510 D6 F535 E10 F536 E10 F537 F10 F541 A7 F542 A7 F551 B10 F552 A9 F561 B10 F562 B9 F563 B10 F564 D11 F573 C10 I501 A6 I502 B6 I503 B1 I504 C1 I505 C1 I506 A5 I507 B5 I511 C2 I513 C5 I514 C6 I515 C6 I516 C6 I517 C5 I518 D5 I519 D5 I520 E4 I521 D6
I523 D6 I524 C6 I527 E2 I529 F6 I531 G3 I532 F5 I533 E5 I535 E6 I536 G2 I537 E8 I538 F8 I539 F8 I540 F7 I541 F1 I542 A7 I543 A7 I544 F6 I545 G9 I546 F10 I547 F9 I548 F10 I551 A8 I552 A8 I553 F1 I554 F1 I555 F1 I556 F3 I557 F3 I561 D8 I562 B8 I565 E9 I571 D8 I572 C8 I573 C8 I574 C9 I575 D7 I576 C9 I577 D8 I578 D9 I579 B8
Rs
+t
2511
2502
3519
15K
3527
10u 2530
330p 6532
2532
6531
15K
82K
10
11
L04L AA
7.
45
Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply)
3 POWER SUPPLY
10
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR

REGION MAIN RANGE NAFTA LR 27RF 27FSQ 130V 2X5W 2X10W ----32RF 130V 2X5W 2X10W ----26WSRF 30WSRF 32FSQ 143V 2X5W 2X10W ---
LATAM / AP FR 21RF 130V 2X10W 25RF 29FSQ 130V 29RF 130V 29RF 130V 28WSSF 143V 28WSRF 32WSRF 143V 21/25RF 130V 2X10W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 450V 220U --275V 100N 250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 ----47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 150K 20MH 1A5 --SS42315-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B ----JMP
CHINA HR 29RF 130V 34RF 130V
INDIA HR 21/29RF 130V 2X5W 2X10+20W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 450V 220U ----250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 ----47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 150K ----SS42315-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B JMP JMP JMP 21/29RF 29FSQ 130V 2X15W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 450V 220U ----250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 ----47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 150K ----SS42317-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B JMP JMP JMP 21RF 130V 2X5W 2X10W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 400V 220U --275V 100N 250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 ----47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 150K 20MH 1A5 --SS42315-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B ----JMP 29RF 28WSSF 130V 2X5W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 400V 220U --275V 100N 250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 ----47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 150K 20MH 1A5 --SS42315-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B ----JMP
EUROPE HR 29RF 130V 2X10W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 400V 220U 400V 33N 275V 100N 250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 --470R 47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 150K 20MH 1A5 65MH SS42315-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B ------24WR 25/28BLD 143V 2X5W 2X10W WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 400V 220U --275V 100N 250V 1N5 470N 250V 1N 250V 470P 1MA/612V 3M3 ----47R 0R33 47K 1M 2M2 276V 4R5 15K 33K 20MH 1A5 --SS42316-01 GBU4JL BAS316 STTH8L06D UDZS10B FQPF7N80 BC857B ----JMP 28WSRF 143V 32WSRF 143V
SET VBATT AUDIO OUTPUT 1508 1510 2505 2506 2508 2509 2528 2542 2570 3505 3506 3507 3508 3514 3520 3527 3528 3529 3523 3565 3574 5500 5502 5512 6500 6538 6551 6565 7512 7532 9502 9504 9506
200V 470U 200V 470U ----------------250V 1N5 250V 1N5 ----1MA/423V 1MA/423V ------144V 3R ----100R 100R 0R18 0R18 --------------145V 1R5 15K 15K 150K 150K --------SS40310-01 SS40310-01 GBU4JL GBU6JL ----STTH8L06D BYV29X-500 UDZS9.1B UDZS9.1B FQPF9N50 FQPF9N50 ----JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP
WIRE SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK --WIRE SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 200V 470U 400V 330U ------275V 100N --250V 1N5 470N --250V 1N5 250V 1N --250V 470P 1MA/423V 1MA/612V --3M3 --144V 3R ----100R 47R 0R18 0R33 --47K --1M --2M2 --276V 4R5 15K 18K 150K 33K --10MH 2A ----SS40312-01 SS42315-01 GBU4JL GBU6JL BAS316 --BYV29X-500 STTH8L06D UDZS9.1B UDZS7.5B FQPF9N50 FQPF7N80 --BC857B --JMP --JMP JMP JMP
2X5W 2X5W 2X10W 2X5W 2X10W 2X10W WIRE SIN WIRE SIN WIRE SIN WIRE SIN WIRE SIN 180 SIN 180 SIN 180 SIN 180 SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK 18ST BK 18ST BK 18ST BK 18ST BK WIRE SIN WIRE SIN WIRE SIN WIRE SIN WIRE SIN 400 SIN 400 SIN 400 SIN 400 SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 18ST BK 18ST BK 18ST BK 18ST BK 400V 330U 400V 330U 400V 330U 400V 330U 400V 330U ----------275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3 --------------------47R 47R 47R 47R 47R 0R33 0R33 0R22 0R33 0R22 47K 47K 47K 47K 47K 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2 276V 4R5 276V4R5 276V 4R5 276V 4R5 276V 4R5 18K 18K 18K 18K 18K 150K 150K 150K 33K 33K 10MH 2A 10MH 2A 10MH 2A 10MH 2A 10MH 2A ----------SS42315-01 SS42315-01 SS49309-01 SS42316-01 SS49308-01 GBU4JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU6JL BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BYV29X-500 STTH8L06D STTH8L06D STTH8L06D STTH8L06D UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B --------------------JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP
2X10W 2X5W 2X10W WIRE SIN WIRE SIN 180 SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK 18ST BK WIRE SIN WIRE SIN 400 SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 18ST BK 450V 220U 450V 220U 400V 33N 400V 33N 275V 100N 275V 100N 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 470N 470N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 470P 250V 470P 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 3M3 3M3 ----470R 470R 47R 47R 0R33 0R33 47K 47K 1M 1M 2M2 2M2 276V 4R5 276V 4R5 15K 15K 150K 150K 20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5 65MH 65MH SS42315-01 SS42315-01 GBU4JL BYV29X-500 BAS316 BAS316 STTH8L06D GBU4JL UDZS10B UDZS10B FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80 BC857B BC857B -------------
2X5W 2X5W 2X10W 2X10W WIRE SIN WIRE SIN 180 SIN 180 SIN 18ST BK 18ST BK WIRE SIN WIRE SIN 400 SIN 400 SIN 18ST BK 18ST BK 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 33N 400V 33N 275V 100N 275V 100N 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 470N 470N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 470P 250V 470P 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 3M3 3M3 ----470R 470R 47R 47R 0R33 0R33 47K 47K 1M 1M 2M2 2M2 276V 4R5 276V 4R5 15K 15K 33K 33K 20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5 65MH 38MH SS42316-01 SS42316-01 GBU4JL GBU4JL BAS316 BAS316 STTH8L06D BYV29X-500 UDZS10B UDZS10B FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80 BC857B BC857B -------------
AUDIO 2X5W 2X10W 2X10+20W 2X15W OUTPUT ----2A 250V 2A250V 1543 25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF 2562 25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF 2563 220R 680R 3571 220R 220R 220R 3572 220R 220R 470R SB360 6562 SB360 SB360 SB380 SB360 6563 SB360 SB360 SB380 ----JMP 9514 JMP
REGION NAFTA ROW --1506 Main Switch --9507 JMP --9508 JMP
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_019.eps 190204
10
L04L AA
7.
46
Mono Carrier: Deflection
7
+9V 3480
8
3490
9
7482 PDTA114ET I446 22K 7V9 1V7 7483 2V6 BC857B 6V2 I424 2491 RES 3473 F451 I469 3476 2K2 6450 BAS316 17V1 3482 3K3 3494 RES 3483 6K8 3486 6K8 6480 I449 BZX79-B5V1 10K 3478 RES 1V7 F462 7481 BC857B 18V1 56K 0V I429 6482
10
POWER_DOWN A1
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION LOT 5450 From

1402
(For A80ERF042X14 Tube Only)

5410 F420 3433 3451 3432 I432 22R F415 2406 I474 680p 5401
L.LIN
LOT
3488 10K
I443 7480 BC857B 0V 3452 I451
3487 I444 0V5 33R
I445
BZX384-C6V8
2481 10u 50V
F402 Vbatt To 1351 of +9V +9V 2404 47u 2427 15n F414
RES 9410
3491 56K 3477 RES
2483 47n 4492 3492 EHTinfo BCL A4 A4
F401 VT_Supply
3401 68K
CRT PANEL 1 2 3 F404 4
220R 3434 220R
7401 BUH2M20AP I402
3411 680K
I433
6401 BYD33V
VideoSupply Filament
BEAM CURRENT MEASUREMENT
2405
1n 2KV
3454 3453 1K0 3412 2451
680K 6451
EHTb A2
5 1401
7402 BC847B
I403
BC847B I407
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION COIL OR To 1404 of
DAF
*
1 4
EHT
TO PICTURE TUBE
*
TO 1382 of
1u0 16V
7403
* 5450
3
8K2
X-RAY PROT
F416 F417
I448
1470
Frame_FB A2
3403 1K0
I401 I404 4u7 50V 2401 390R 3406 3407 I405 68R
I452 3493
FOCUS
1
B
EHTb A2
VG2
3409 1K8 2402 33n
I409
To
of CRT PANEL
3410 3R3 3442 1404 F464 I410 2415 F465 2u2 100V 3404 10 6 I465 I455 6K8 1454 1R MRT 6453 RGP10D 3417 9417 2417 2418 15K I430 RGP10D 6406 3443 6K8 6452 I453
3405 -12V 3445 +6VA 7408 BC847B 6V 3K3 6443 BZX384-C12 3441 -2V2 3489 6486 2489 10n 47R +9V BAV21 6403 RGP10D I419 3414 100n 1K0 1V 2409 680K 3415 68V I418 1 I414 3 PSD10-204B 6 2410 100n 5402 5 3416 33R F418 2486 100p 3430 680K 6441 6442 I406
F463
F452 -12V
RGP10D I466 3458
2454 16V 470u
2455 F453 VideoSupply 200V

BAV21WS
HD A4
F412
7405 BU4508DX 0V 0V
4R7
126V
I457
16V 470u
4R7 2457 4u7 2458 3n3 2484 RES 2480 100n 3481
3484 7 I458
*6483
11
6484 Vbatt
BAV21WS
F419
6410 RGP10D
2420 RES 2414
BYV29X-500 2412
3485 3455 1R0 2459
* *
6481 1N4148
F454 F466 F455 2456 47n I456 RGP10D 2490 6454 6455 RGP10D
5451 Filament
BY228-1500
DMV1500M
6412
9401
K 3 4V5 7404 SI2306DS I413 1 0V7
6491
9402
D
HDRIVE A4
1u0
*
6411
3457 4R7 I467 1452 1R MRT
RGP10D
I428 9 I459 2419
I412
12
I475
6459
9451
BYV29X-500 2413
6404
AK
I473 2416 2492
*
470u 16V 2460
D
F456 +9V 3475 -12V 8K2 Vguard A4 1u0 3474 15K
470p 6456
RGP15G
2411
2408
F407 1n
*
5408 1 4 CI-15 2 9407 2461 3462 2462 2K2 1n 1n 5406
I462 22u 100V 2470 7451 BD135 24V
3465 I460 3464
330R I461
5403 6407 I427 6408 3497 1R0

BAV21WS
5405
35m
I423
6457
BAS316
Vbatt
BAV21WS
3 SC21329
330R 2463 50V 100u
-0V6 -0V8 0V5
2465
F457
3437 2K0
I470 100K 3425 2487 1n0 3436
BAS316
2468
6458
220p
*
VDRA A4 3460 2K2 F460
1V4 0V8 7455 BC857B -12V4 0V8 7456 BC857B 3469 1K0
7454 BC847B
3499
820K
2488 100p 0V6 27V6
I416 100K 3431
-12V4 I468 3463
I463
I471 2464 470p -1V9 I464 3470 22R 2469 220n
7453 BD136 -1V6
1R 3467
220R
4437
-1V1 I472
F458 1 2 220R 2467
1451
VERTICAL DEFLECTION COIL
470R
2482
3446
10n
3428 2R2
F
EW_DRIVE A4 3418 100R +9V
7452 BF422 -12V4
15n
-11V8
3468
7406 KTC2800
-12V4
F459 Frame_FB A2
-12V VDRB A4 F461 3461 2K2
I415
3471
3472
470R 3440
7411 BC857B 820K 2V8 3V3 I431 I421 3427 1K5 6488 BAS316 FRAME DEFLECTION
7410 BC857B 3495
2425
RES
2428
1V3 I434 0V2 3498 4K7 1453 RES 7484 BC847B
56n
3V6
3420
I425 I417
3R3
3R3
I422
I426 6489 BZX384-C33
EW DRIVE
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_007.eps 270204
1401 B2 1402 A3 1404 B5 1451 F9 1452 D8 1453 G2 1454 C8 1470 B8 2401 B3 2402 C4 2403 C4 2404 A4 2405 B4 2406 A5 2408 D2 2409 C2 2410 D2 2411 D4 2412 D4 2413 D4 2414 D1 2415 C5 2416 D5 2417 C5 2418 C6 2419 D5 2420 D1 2425 G4 2427 A5 2428 G4 2451 B8 2453 B8 2454 C9 2455 C9 2456 D9 2457 C8 2458 C9 2459 D7 2460 D8 2461 E6 2462 E7 2463 E8 2464 F8 2465 E9 2467 F9 2468 E8 2469 F8 2470 E9 2480 C9 2481 A8 2482 F3 2483 A9 2484 C9 2486 C3 2487 E4 2488 E3 2489 C3 2490 D9 2491 A9 2492 D5 3401 A2 3403 B2 3404 C5 3405 B2 3406 B3 3407 B3 3409 B4 3410 B4 3411 A4 3412 B5 3414 C1 3415 C2 3416 C4 3417 C5 3418 F2 3420 G2 3425 E4 3427 G5 3428 F5 3430 C4 3431 F4 3432 A5 3433 A6 3434 A6 3436 E4 3437 E9 3440 G3 3441 C2 3442 B8 3443 B8 3445 C1 3446 F3 3451 A6 3452 A7 3453 B7 3454 A8 3455 D7 3457 D8 3458 C8 3460 F6 3461 F7 3462 E7 3463 F7 3464 E8 3465 E7 3466 E9 3467 E9 3468 F9 3469 F7 3470 F8 3471 F9 3472 F9 3473 A8 3474 E10 3475 D10 3476 A9 3477 A8 3478 B9 3480 A7 3481 C9 3482 B9 3483 B10 3484 C8 3485 D8 3486 B9 3487 A8 3488 A7 3489 C1 3490 A8 3491 A8 3492 A9 3493 B8 3494 B9 3495 G2 3497 E3 3498 G2 3499 E1 4437 E9 4492 A9 5401 B6 5402 C3 5403 E4 5405 E4 5406 E5 5408 E6 5410 A5 5450 B6
5451 D10 6401 A4 6403 C1 6404 D4 6406 C5 6407 E2 6408 E3 6410 D5 6411 D4 6412 D4 6441 C3 6442 C3 6443 C2 6450 B9 6451 B8 6452 C8 6453 C8 6454 D9 6455 D9 6456 D7 6457 E7 6458 E8 6459 D8 6480 B9 6481 C8 6482 A10 6483 C9 6484 C10 6486 C1 6488 G5 6489 G5 6491 D5 7401 A3 7402 B3 7403 B4 7404 D2 7405 C4 7406 F3 7408 C2 7410 G2 7411 F3 7451 E9 7452 F8 7453 F8 7454 E8 7455 E6 7456 E7 7480 A7 7481 B9 7482 A9 7483 A8 7484 G3 9401 D5 9402 D6 9407 E6 9410 A5 9417 C6 9451 D10 F401 A1 F402 A1 F404 B2 F407 D3 F412 C1 F414 A5 F415 A5 F416 B6 F417 B6 F418 C4 F419 C4 F420 A5 F451 A9 F452 C10 F453 C10 F454 C8 F455 D9 F456 D10 F457 E8 F458 F9 F459 F9 F460 F6 F461 F6 F462 A9 F463 C9 F464 C6 F465 C6 F466 D9 I401 B2 I402 A3 I403 B3 I404 B3 I405 B3 I406 C3 I407 B4 I409 B4 I410 C5 I412 D5 I413 D2 I414 C3 I415 F3 I416 E3 I417 G2 I418 C3 I419 C1 I421 G4 I422 F5 I423 E4 I424 A8 I425 G2 I426 G5 I427 E2 I428 D5 I429 A9 I430 C5 I431 G3 I432 A5 I433 A4 I434 G2 I443 A7 I444 A7 I445 A8 I446 A9 I448 B7 I449 B9 I451 A7 I452 B8 I453 C8 I455 C7 I456 D9 I457 C7 I458 D7 I459 D7 I460 E7 I461 E8 I462 D9 I463 F7 I464 F8 I465 B7 I466 C8 I467 D8 I468 F7 I469 A8 I470 E7 I471 E8 I472 F9 I473 D5 I474 A5 I475 D7
2K2
2403
33n
BZX384-C4V7 2453
1K0
3466
10
L04L AA
7.
47
Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection)
3 DEFLECTION
10
11
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR
Region Tube Size

2411 2412 2413 2416 2418 2419 2425 2451 2457 2487 2490 3224 3295 3414 3431 3451 3452 3453 3467 3468 3471 3472 3473 3474 3481 3482 3483 3491 3494 3499 5401 5408 5450 5451 6404 6411 6412 7405 9407 9417
NAFTA LPD 27 V LPD 28 WR LPD 29 RF LPD 32 V LPD 32 V RF LPD 32 WR SMGK 25 RF LPD 25 RF

680nF 15nF 33nF 360nF 2u2 33nF 100nF 4u7 1n5 680K 5% 8K2 5% 1R 1W 5% 82K 1% 68K 1% 18K 5% 33K 5% 120R 5% 150R 5% 2R4 1% 2R4 1% 820K 5% 15K 5% 100K 5% 680K 5% 37uH CU15 JF0501-2153B 27uH 10% DVM1500M BU4508DX JMP -
LATAM LPD 27V LPD 28WS LPD 28WR LPD 32WR SMGK 29RF CPT 21RF LPD 25RF
AP LPD 29RF LPD 32WR LPD 34RF LPD 25RF
CHINA LPD 21RF LPD 29RF LPD 34RF CPD 21RF
INDIA LPD 29RF SMGK 29FSQ
2.2nF 1.5nF 680pF 330pF 1.2nF 470pF 1.2nF 12nF 13nF 15nF 15nF 12nF 13nF 15nF 18nF 33nF 39nF 33nF 120nF 15nF 33nF 4n7 3n3 270nF 330nF 470nF 390nF 390nF 2u2 2u2 430nF 2u2 390nF 2u2 10nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 150nF 180nF 150nF 180nF 180nF 150nF 100nF 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 2n2 1n5 1n5 1n5 1n5 1n5 47n 47n 560K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 2R2 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 0R33 1W 5% 3R3 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 10K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 75K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5% 6K8 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 6K8 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 120R 5% 120R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 1R8 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 2R7 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1% 3R3 1% 2R2 1% 2R7 1% 2R4 1% 3R3 1% 2R4 1% 2R 1% 820K 5% 820K 5% 680K 5% 390K 5% 820K 5% 820K 5% 680K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 12K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 4R7 5% 5R6 5% 5R6 5% 10R 5% 2R7 5% 5R6 5% 22K 1% 22K 1% 22K 1% 2K4 1% 22K 1% 22K 1% 56K 1% 56K 1% 56K 1% 5K6 1% 56K 1% 56K 1% 100K 5% 100K 5% 82K 5% 100K 5% 68K 5% 82K 5% 100K 5% 150K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 100K 5% 180K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 330K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 33uH 42uH 25uH 33uH 42uH 50uH 33uH SC2132 9-00B CU15 CU15 SC2132 9-00B CU15 CU15 JF0501-21835B JF0501-85021B JF0501-21836B JF0501-21140B JF0101-85020B JF0101-85021B JF0501-21835B 27uH 10% 27uH 10% JMP JMP JMP 33uH 10% 33uH 10% DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M BY229X-800 BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 BU4508DX BU2725DX BU2725DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP -
1.5nF 330pF 470pF 1.2nF 1.2nF 220pF 680nF 1.2nF 330pF 15nF 12nF 15nF 13nF 13nF 15nF 13nF 8n2 15nF 120nF 18nF 15nF 68nF 33nF 33nF 18nF 18nF 39nF 3n3 2n2 3n3 390nF 330nF 220nF 360nF 330nF 470nF 390nF 430nF 2u2 2u2 2u2 430nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 150nF 120nF 150nF 180nF 100nF 120nF 120nF 220nF 180nF 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 3n3 1n5 1n5 1n5 1nF 1n5 1nF 1n5 47n 680K 5% 680K 5% 560K 5% 1M 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 2K7 5% 8K2 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5% 2R2 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 0R33 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 10R 1W 5% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 120K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 18K 5% 27K 5% 15K 5% 6K8 5% 15K 5% 18K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5% 6K8 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 22K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 1R8 1% 1R8 1% 2R2 1% 2R7 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 2R4 1% 1R8 1% 3R3 1% 3R3 1% 2R4 1% 3R3 1% 2R2 1% 3R9 1% 2R4 1% 2R4 1% 3R3 1% 680K 5% 820K 5% 1M 5% 390K 5% 1M 5% 390K 5% 820K 5% 680K 5% 820K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 12K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 5R6 5% 5R6 5% 4R7 5% 4R7 5% 22K 1% 22K 1% 22K 1% 22K 1% 56K 1% 56K 1% 56K 1% 56K 1% 100K 5% 82K 5% 82K- 5% 100K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5% 100K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5% 180K 5% 680K 5% 680K 1% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 50uH 16uH 42uH 42uH 25uH 82uH 37uH 33uH 42uH CU15 CU15 SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B CU15 JF0501-21835B JF0501-21133B JF0501-85021B JF0101-85021B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0101-85021B JMP 27uH 10% 68uH 5% 27uH 10% 39uH 10% JMP 27uH 10% 27uH 10% 0.58mm COL DVM1500M DMV1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M BY229X-80 BY229X-80 BY229X-800 BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX BU2725DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX BU4508DX JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP
680nF 220pF 1.2nF 1nF 220pF 1.2nF 680pF 1nF 12nF 15nF 8n2 15nF 12nF 8n2 15nF 13nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 68nF 33nF 39nF 68nF 3n3 3n3 270nF 330nF 300nF 220nF 330nF 390nF 300nF 360nF 2u2 2u2 2u2 2u2 2u2 2u2 10nF 33nF 33nF 10nF 33nF 33nF 220nF 270nF 120nF 220nF 220nF 270nF 120nF 220nF 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 3n3 1n5 1nF 1nF 3n3 1nF 1nF 1nF 680K 5% 1M 5% 1M 5% 680K 5% 1M 5% 1M 5% 680K 5% 1M 5% 8K2 5% 10K 5% 7K5 1% 2K7 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 7K5 1% 8K2 5% 6R8 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 10R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5% 10K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 10K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 56K 1% 18K 5% 18K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 150R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 2R4 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 3R9 1% 2R2 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 4R7 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1% 3R9 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1% 430K 5% 820K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 430K 5% 390K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5% 56K 5% 82K 5% 100K 5% 56K 5% 82K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 42uH 82uH 33uH 42uH 82uH 33uH 33uH CU15 CU15 CU15 CU15 CU15 CU15 37uH JF0501-2601B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2601B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2133B 22uH 27uH 10% 68uH 5% 27uH 10% 22uH 68uH 5% 27uH 10% 22uH 10% DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP JMP -
Region Tube Size

2411 2412 2413 2416 2418 2419 2425 2451 2457 2487 2490 3224 3295 3414 3431 3451 3452 3453 3467 3468 3471 3472 3473 3474 3481 3482 3483 3491 3494 3499 5401 5408 5450 5451 6404 6411 6412 7405 9407 9417
EUROPE LPD 21RF

470pF 8n2 33nF 470nF 2u2 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 47n 1M 5% 8K2 5% 4R7 1W 82K 1% 68K 1% 18K 5% 22K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 3R3 1% 3R3 1% 470K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 82uH CU15 1342.0033CY 22uH 10% DVM1500M BU4508DX JMP -
LPD 24 WR
1n2 13nF 15nF 2n2 470nF 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 4R7 1W 82K 1% 56K 1% 18K 5% 22K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 3R3 5% 3R3 1% 470K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 37uH SC21329-00B 1342.0048B 22uH 10% BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BU2725DX JMP
LPD 25 I
470pF 9n1 18nF 390nF 470nF 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 10R 1W 5% 82K 1% 120K 5% 18K 5% 33K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 1R5 1% 2R2 1% 680K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 50uH SC21329-00B 1342.0048B 27uH 10% BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BU2725DX -
LPD 28 I
470pF 9n1 18nF 390nF 470nF 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 10R 1W 5% 82K 1% 120K 5% 18K 5% 33K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 1R5 1% 2R2 1% 680K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 50uH SC21329-00B 1342.0048B 27uH 10% BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BU2725DX -
LPD 29 RF
1nF 13nF 33nF 360nF 2u2 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 2R2 1W 82K 1% 68K 1% 18K 5% 33K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 2R2 1% 2R2 1% 680K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 25uH CU15 1362.0016AB 39uH 10% DVM1500M BU4508DX JMP -
LPD 28 WR
680pF 11nF 15nF 4n7 430nF 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 3R3 1W 82K 1% 68K 1% 18K 5% 22K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 1R5 1% 6R8 1% 470K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 50uH SC21329-00B 1362-0015AB 0.588 COL BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BU2725DX JMP
LPD 28 WS
680pF 11nF 15nF 2n2 470nF 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 4R7 1W 82K 1% 68K 1% 18K 5% 22K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 3R3 1% 3R3 1% 470K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 25uH SC21329-00B 1342.0042CY 22uH 10% BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BU4508DX JMP
LPD 32 WR
680pF 11nF 15nF 4n7 430nF 33nF 220nF 4u7 1nF 1M 5% 8K2 5% 3R3 1W 68K 1% 18K 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 1R5 1% 6R8 1% 470K 5% 15K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 25uH SC21329-00B 1362-0015AB 33uH 10% BY229X-800 BY359X-1500 BU2725DX JMP
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_020.eps 190204
10
11
L04L AA
7.
48
Mono Carrier: Tuner IF
10
TUNER IF
+5V +5VS Vbuffer
* A
TO 0282 OF FOR ITV ONLY F005 1010 13 FOR EMC ONLY 1011 POWER SUPPLY 4000 14 15 12
1000 1 2 6 I016 34V5 F003 F004 2004 2005 F002 VT_Supply 470u 2007 100n 3003 2006 6006 1K5 4005 RES 5001 BZX79-B8V2 F001 9002 1004 3020 220R I013 1 2 3 FOR DVD ONLY
(optional)
TV TUNER
MT
NC
9 10 11
4.3V
4.3V
3 I001
4.9V
47n
AS
SCL
SDA
+5
ADC
6003 BAS316 6002
SCL A4
I014 F007
3000 RES
3002 2003 2008 3004
SDA A4
I015 F008
3001 RES
I002
* *
4006
RES
4001
* *
I011
3005 100R
F006
RF_AGC A4
for ATSC 3016 2009
2001
RES 2002
For Compair only
1005 1 2 3 F011
*
+5V 4010 RES 3010 I003 2014 3009
*
1V1
3014
1012
*
I004
2016
F010
SSIF A4
5V I007
*
3018
7003
*
I012
3019
*
6004 3008
* *
I006
C *
VIF1 A4
* *
1002 4
0V3
7001 PDTC124ET A4 SEL_LLP|M I017 F009 3006 I005 0V
5V
* *
I008
3007
D
ITEM 1000 2002 2008 2009 2013 2014 2016 3010 3014 3016 3018 3019 5002 7003 NA/LA/AP NTSC EU Normal EU FM Radio EU Splitter UV1316E/A I-4 UR1316/A I-3 TEDE9-703A TEDH9-305A 50V 22P --50V 22P 50V 22P 68u 68u 68u 100u ----16V 100N ------25V 1N ----25V 1N --------25V 1N ------330R ----820R --------100K ----560R ------150K ----0U47 0U47 0U39 0U47 ------BFS20 AP LNA CH LNA AP Splitter UV1356A/A I G-3 TEDE9-703A UV1356A/A I G-3 50V 22P 50V 22P 50V 22P 100u 68u 100u ------------------------------------------------------0U39 0U47 0U39 -------
0V
IFGND
I009 2 3
VIF2 A4
IFGND
GND_28
TO 1510 OF 1013 O1 4 (For Lightning Protection)
10
*
1
1003 SWI IN ING GND 3 O2 8 5

for EMC
4004
4013
GND_28
GND_28
GND_28
IFGND
* *
1 I010 2
1001 4 5003 1u8 SIF2 A4 SIF1 A4
* F
ITEM 1001 1002 1003 2003 3002 3006 3007 3008 3009 4002 4003 4004 4006 4011 4012 6002 6004 7001 EU-QSS K9656M K3953M --50V 10N 10K 10K 2K2 6K8 2K2 JMP ------JMP --BAS316 1SS356 PDTC124ET NA/LA/AP INT AP QSS CH QSS --K9352M K9362M --K7257M M1971M K6274M ------50V 10N 50V 10N ------10K --10K 2K2 --2K2 6K8 6K8 --2K2 2K2 ----JMP JMP ----JMP --JMP --JMP JMP JMP ------JMP JMP ----------1SS356 1SS356 --PDTC124ET PDTC124ET
4011
5 3
*
IFGND
GND_28
1000 A4 1001 E8 1002 D8 1003 D8 1004 A10 1005 C3 1010 A3 1011 B3 1012 C10 1013 D10 2001 C4 2002 C4 2003 B5 2004 B6 2005 B6 2006 A6 2007 A7 2008 B6 2009 C9 2013 C9 2014 C8 2016 C9 3000 B4 3001 B4 3002 B7 3003 A7 3004 B7 3005 B8 3006 D4 3007 D7 3008 D7 3009 C5 3010 C8 3014 C9 3016 C9 3018 C9 3019 C9 3020 A9 4000 B4 4001 B4 4002 E8 4003 B6 4004 E8 4005 A8 4006 B7 4010 C8 4011 E8 4012 F8 4013 E9 5001 A8 5002 B6 5003 E9 6001 B6 6002 B7 6003 B7 6004 C5 6006 A9 7001 D4 7003 C9 9002 A8 F001 A5 F002 A5 F003 A5 F004 B5 F005 A4 F006 B9 F007 B3 F008 B3 F009 D3 F010 C10 F011 C3 I001 B4 I002 B4 I003 C8 I004 C9 I005 D4 I006 D6 I007 C9 I008 D7 I009 D8 I010 E8 I011 B7 I012 C9 I013 A9 I014 B3 I015 B3 I016 A6 I017 D3
6001 10u 50V
4003 5002
BZX79-C33
4012
4002
2013
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_008.eps 200204
10
L04L AA
7.
49
Mono Carrier: Hercules

1 2
A8 A8
3
A3 A8 A8 A8 A8 A3
4
A5 A5 A5 A5 A5 A5 A8 A2
5
A9 A5 A5 A5 A5 A5 A5
6
A3,A5 A3,A5 A1 A3 A1,A3:A7 A1 A9 A5 A7
7
A2
8 *
3271 220R A2 A5 A8 A8 A5 7208 13V
9
A5 A5 A5 A5 I217 INTF_FBL A9
10
11
HERCULES
A
SANDCASTLE A5 A2 A5 A2
POWER_DOWN
SC1_CVBS_OUT
4213 VDRA
VDRB
INTF_U_OUT
INTF_V_OUT
EW_DRIVE
+3.3V SVM ROT 3246 22K 3294
SC2_L_OUT
SC1_L_OUT
MAIN_OUTL
+3.3V
SSIF
BAS316 6209 SEL_LLP|M Stdby_Con 3252
RF_AGC
ITV_V1OUT
SDA VOL_MUTE
1V4 I207 3292
A
To 1010 or 1682 of 1682
LIGHT_SENSOR SC1_STATUS
F208 HDRIVE
680R
3256 100R
HD
10K
1n0 3248 100R 3257
+5V 3215
3293 56K
100R
1V7 7205 1V BC847B 3245
3219 100R
*9260
BZX384-C27
BAS316 3234
HD_PIP
3255
3222
2221
100R
3237
3259
22K 2259
220n
*4211
5217
6202
4u7
100R
I208
2288
for ITV only SC2_STATUS|ITV_MSG
4K7
+5V
100R 3235
*4214
100R
3290
100R
13V
220R 6205
*4219
100R
3233
2289 1n0
F205
+3.3V
GND2
+5V 3291 1K0 0v6 7207 BC847B
100R
3261
BZX384-C5V6
4K7
100R
for ITV only 3268
100R 3249
100R
100p
+5V 3258 F206
100R
1u0
10n
1n0
5n6
*
2252
1 2 3
TOP CONTROL PANEL OR To 1280 of SIDE AV PANEL+HP PANEL(FL13)
3226
100R
3212
3284
for ITV only
10R
10R
2K2
5K6
BZX384-C5V6
1230 2257
for ITV only
100R
3273
1K0 3240
100R
2271
100n
3269
I219
GND121
I216
0v7
6210
4K7
1234
100R
3239
3250
9204
3260
100R
3216
100R
GND121
3214
6211
1 2 3 2253 10n
22K
3228
1K0
1208
GND_1 3223
3238
2279
2280
3n3
2245 1n0 3242 1K0 GND1
I209 KEY_protn 3287 100R 1K0 I228 I236 I222 3281 +3.3V 3280 4K7 4K7 3282 3283 4K7 4K7 3279 4K7 3262 3263 100R 100R 3264 3265 100R 100R 3266 100R 2277 1u0 3217 GND95 GND12 3285 15K 1K0 GND92 GND3 GND2 GND1 +5V 3205 3201 +3.3V
GND68
5212 +5V 2276 +5V 4V5 3V8 3V6 3V3 3V3 3V6 3V6 0V0 5208 2234 I210 5202 2209 220n 3V3 47 5V1 VP3 82 5V1 VP2 5V1 114 VP1 19 5V0 60 VDDP_3.3 VDDCOMB +3.3V
3V3 3V9 0V0 3V3 3V3 3V3 2V1 2V2
0V5 13 0V0 10 0V0 9 3V3
3V2 17 0V0 16 3V4 15 0V0 7 0V0 6 0V0
62 1V3 81 1V4
63 0V8
108 3V5
2V3 2V4 2V4 0V0
0V3 1V2 1V2 5V0 1V7
0V0
2V5
2V0
F270 2282 1n0 I235
86 3V8
GND2
100u 10V
AGCOUT AUDOUTHPL AUDOUTHPR AUDOUTLSL AUDOUTLSR AUDOUTSL AUDOUTSR AVL SWO SSIF REFO REFIN BO GO RO CVBSO PIP DVBO FMRO DVBO IFVO FMRO EWD AVL FBISO CSY HOUT IFVO SVO CVBSI I2SDI1 O I2SDO1 I2SDO2 I2SCLK I2SWS INT0 P0<0:5> INT1 T0 INT2 T1 RX TX SCL SDA P1<0:7> TPWM PWM0 PWM1 PWM2 PWM3 PWM4 P2<0:5> ADC0 ADC1 ADC2 ADC3 P3<0:3> QSSO AMOUT AUDEEM SVM UOUT VDRA VDRB VOUT YOUT
GND121
GND3
100u 25V 2233 100n
64 54 106 107 53 55
98 67 66 69 68 93 92 96
18
42 43 44 65
31
14
23
90
100n 2265
24 25 26 27 32
30 3 22 2 1 21 20
GND121
C
A B C D E A5 A1,A5 A5 A5 A5
+5V GND1 5210 +5V 2250 Vbuffer

(+8V)
5209 2224 100u 10V +1.8V_A F201
2238 GND1 220n 5207 2205 220n +3.3V 5205
VSSP2 128 0V0
F202
GND68
D
6204
100u 25V 2249 100n 5203 2210 220n 5215 2212 220n
GND68
SS14
2V0 126 5 2V0 2V0 29 12 2V0 2V0 33
VDDC4 VDDC3 VDDC2 VDDC1 VDDADC_1.8
VIDEO SIGNAL PROCESSOR
7200 TDA12001H1
VSSCOMB 61 0V0 GND68 127 VSSC4 0V0 GND125 VSSC3 4 0V0 VSSC2 28 0V0 VSSC1|P 8 GND121 0V0 VSSADC 34 VSSA1 0V0
for ITV only
D
+3V +3.3V
F207 +1.8V_B GND125 +3.3V GND92
117 0V0
AGC2SIF AUDIOIN2L AUDIOIN2R AUDIOIN3L AUDIOIN3R AUDIOIN4L AUDIOIN4R AUDIOIN5L AUDIOIN5R B PBIN3 G YIN3 R PRIN3 BCLIN BLKIN C2 C3 C4 CVBS2 Y2 CVBS3 Y3 CVBS4 Y4 DECBG DECDIG DECSDEM DECV1V8 EHTO INSSW3 IREF PH1LF PH2LF PLLIF SECPLL SIFAGC DVBAGC SIFIN1 DVBIN1 SIFIN2 DVBIN2 VGUARD SWIO VIFIN1 VIFIN2 VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR VREF_NEG_LSL+HPL VREF_POS_HPR VREF_POS_LSL VREF_POS_LSR+HPR VREFAD VREFAD_NEG VREFAD_POS VSC XTALIN XTALOUT UIN VIN YIN YSYNC
41 36
120R
5211
3254
6207
2V0 84 2216 7V0
VDDA_1.8 VCC8V
GNDIF
101 0V0
GND_28
+3.3V
-1V 2204
*
GND_1 F200 3209 3208
100u 10V 2272
5214
5216 100n +3.3V 2211 GND89 180R 3220 220n GND92 6203 BAS316 390R +1.8V_B 3229 1K0 2213 GND2 220n 220n GND95 2225 220n 2267 2u2
6201
+1.8V_A
5206
BAS316
BAS316
3V3
VDDA1
37 0V0 GNDA 48 0V0 GND3 89 0V0 GND2 111 0V0 GND1
GND_1
for ITV only
7202
3V3 2215 3V3 220n
125 VDDA3_3.3 35 VDDA2_3.3
*
5V
1V4 78 2V3 109 2V8 115 2V3 91 2V0 11 1V7 97 0V0 52 2V0 102 2V3 112 4V0 113 2V0 88 2V3 110 1V5 87
0V3 100 0V3 99
105 0V0 104 0V0 121 0V0 123 3V3 120 3V3 124 3V3 122 1V6 38 0V0 40 3V3 39 4V0 103 1V6 119 1V6 118 1V5 58 1V5 59 1V5 57 2V0 56
1V3 50
3V4 46 3V2 45 1V6 70 1V6 77 1V4 74
1V3 51
1V5 71
2273
116
3211
3210
1R0
1V9 2V2 2V2 2V2 2V2 2V2 2V2 2V2 2V2 1V3
0V5 2V0
GND89
100R
1205 2242 100n HC49U 24MHZ576 2269 39p
I226
I212
100n 2217
2214
I215
39K
I211 10u 50V 2275
100u 10V
GND2
3247 100n 390R 2239 220n 2266 2u2 GND2
2V 7209 BSH103 GND_1 I204
3231
4u7 50V
47u 25V 2223
To 1729 Of 3221
2230
2244
3241 GND1
2218
100n
2u2
7203 2V9 GND_1 I201 BC327-25 7201-2 7201-1 IMX1 3 IMX1 2V 2 5 2V 2V6 4 2V 2V6
I203
7204 BC327-25 2V8 6 2V 2V 12V I224 +1.8V_A I225 F209 +1.8V_B
6n8
I213
150n 2278
1u0
2264
560p
2241
100n
2251
100n 100n
2235 GND1
39p
GND3 GND1
2258
2268
5201
2246
100n
Rear I/O 1684
3206 5K6 3296 5K6 2226 220n 2290 4u7
100R
2286 100n
100R
2237
2231
GND3
100n
GND2
GND1 INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN
GND2 3232 12K 2254 100R
INTF_Pr|RED_IN 2247
F203 100u 16V Vguard A2 5295 Vguard 2206 220n 2203
GND1
3225
A2
INTF_Y|GREEN_IN 100n 2243
SIF1 SIF2 VD c200 F204 3230 Vguard
2274
2263
22n
GND3
1R0
27K
27K
22n 3203 150K
GND92
GND12
2262 100p
2232
100n
10n 2284
100p
2261
100n
INTF_Y_OUT
100p 2256
2260 100n
6208 BAS316
4u7 10V
2V6 7210 BSH103
GND2
2287
2229
100n
*9266
100R 9261 GND2
100R
3276
3278
I206
+5V 100p 3297 3243
1u5 3224
100R
1M0
VIF1 VIF2
220n 5213
2283
100p
3244
1n0
I214
2285
33K 33K I205 2240
GND12
GND12 GND_1 GND_1
*9265
3277
2255
2236
10n
100R 9257
100R 9215
GND1
A3 A3 A5 A4
A3 A3
A5
A5
A5
A1 SC1_BLUE_IN
100R 9262
GND2
3270
3275
3274
10n
1683TO 1282 OF
100R
A4 POWER DOWN
3288
GND121
GND89 +3.3V
SERVICE JUMPER 9275 9252
SC1_GREEN_IN
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
INTF_L_IN INTF_R_IN SC2_L_IN SC2_R_IN SIDE_L_IN SIDE_R_IN SC1_L_IN SC1_R_IN
3251
SC1_RED_IN
SC2_CHROMA_IN A8
SC2_Y|CVBS_IN
SIDE_Y|CVBS_IN
C Iblack BCL
SC1_CVBS_IN
15K
4209
10K 3295
G
IFGND
GND1
Nafta Latam AP Europe & AP
+3V 4212 2207
+6V A5 A5 A2 A8
+8V
c201
c202
c210
c203
c204
c206
c211
c205
c207
Vaux_GND
9205
9202
4210
9203
for EMC
c208
c209
H
3139 123 5673.1
AP
Hercules TDA12000H1/N1B501AB Hercules TDA12001H1/N1B501AD Hercules TDA12001H1/N1B511AC Hercules TDA12040H1/N1B501AO Hercules TDA12040H1/N1B511AP Hercules TDA12010H1/N1B501AM Hercules TDA12010H1/N1B101AF Hercules TDA12011H1/N1B511AN Hercules TDA12020H1/N1B101AK Hercules TDA12020H1/N1B101AI Hercules TDA12021H1/N1B101AL Hercules TDA12021H1/N1B101AJ Hercules TDA12060H1/N1B111AH Hercules TDA12060H1/N1B001AE Hercules TDA12011H1/N1B101AG
9352 753 88557 9352 754 35557 9352 753 89557 9352 754 81557 9352 754 82557 9352 754 44557 9352 754 36557 9352 754 45557 9352 754 42557 9352 754 39557 9352 754 43557 9352 754 41557 9352 754 38557 9352 754 34557 9352 754 37557
E_14480_009.eps 270204
Vaux_GND
GND_1
GND95
GND2
GND1 GND2 GND3 GND12 GND_28 GND68 GND89 GND92 GND95 GND121GND125
1205 E8 1208 B2 1230 B7 1234 B7 1682 B10 1683 G1 1684 F1 2203 F2 2204 E10 2205 D2 2206 F1 2207 H1 2208 H1 2209 C3 2210 D2 2211 E2 2212 E2 2213 E3 2214 E9 2215 D2 2216 E2 2217 E9 2218 F7 2221 A5 2222 B8 2223 F7 2224 C2 2225 E2 2226 F9 2227 F9 2229 F7 2230 F4 2231 F2 2232 F2 2233 C2 2234 C2 2235 F6 2236 G6 2237 F3 2238 C2 2239 F6 2240 G5 2241 F5 2242 F8 2243 F8 2244 F5 2245 B8 2246 F7 2247 F7 2248 B8 2249 D2 2250 D2 2251 F7 2252 B8 2253 B3 2254 F5 2255 G3 2256 F4 2257 B7 2258 F8 2259 B8 2260 F4 2261 F4 2262 F3 2263 F6 2264 F2 2265 C2 2266 F6 2267 E3 2268 F8 2269 F8 2270 B4 2271 B4 2272 E1 2273 E1 2274 F5 2275 F5 2276 C2 2277 D10 2278 F7 2279 B6 2280 B6 2282 C9 2283 F4 2284 F3 2285 G5 2286 F3 2287 F4 2288 A2 2289 B3 2290 F9 3201 B9 3202 B6 3203 E9 3204 B6 3205 D9
3206 F9 3207 B7 3208 E10 3209 E10 3210 E11 3211 E11 3212 B7 3214 B6 3215 B6 3216 B6 3217 D9 3218 B6 3219 B7 3220 E1 3221 F1 3222 A4 3223 B5 3224 G6 3225 F8 3226 B4 3227 C4 3228 B4 3229 E2 3230 F6 3231 F5 3232 F5 3233 B10 3234 A9 3235 A8 3236 B5 3237 A8 3238 B2 3239 B2 3240 B2 3241 F6 3242 B8 3243 G5 3244 F5 3245 B9 3246 A8 3247 F6 3248 B3 3249 B3 3250 B2 3251 G5 3252 A7 3253 C5 3254 E1 3255 A3 3256 B4 3257 B3 3258 B3 3259 B8 3260 B5 3261 B5 3262 C10 3263 C9 3264 C10 3265 D9 3266 D10 3267 B5 3268 B4 3269 B5 3270 G3 3271 A7 3272 B1 3273 B1 3274 G4 3275 G4 3276 G2 3277 G2 3278 G2 3279 C10 3280 C10 3281 B10 3282 C10 3283 C10 3284 B7 3285 D9 3287 B9 3288 G2 3289 C4 3290 A9 3291 B2 3292 A8 3293 A7 3294 A9 3295 G5 3296 F9 3297 G5 4209 G1 4210 H3 4211 B9 4212 H1 4213 A8 4214 A9
4219 B6 5201 F1 5202 C3 5203 D2 5205 D2 5206 E2 5207 D2 5208 C2 5209 C2 5210 D2 5211 E1 5212 C2 5213 F7 5214 E9 5215 E2 5216 E2 5217 B5 5295 F1 6201 E10 6202 B9 6203 E1 6204 D1 6205 B9 6207 E9 6208 G6 6209 A7 6210 B7 6211 B6 7200 D6 7201-1 E10 7201-2 E10 7202 D10 7203 E10 7204 E11 7205 B9 7207 B1 7208 A8 7209 F9 7210 F10 9201 B4 9202 H2 9203 H4 9204 B5 9205 H2 9215 G4 9252 G11 9257 G3 9260 B5 9261 G3 9262 G4 9265 G2 9266 G2 9275 G11 F200 E10 F201 D2 F202 C9 F203 F2 F204 F6 F205 B5 F206 B2 F207 D2 F208 B2 F209 F11 F270 C9 I201 E10 I203 E7 I204 F9 I205 G5 I206 G5 I207 A8 I208 A8 I209 B9 I210 C2 I211 E4 I212 E7 I213 F6 I214 F6 I215 E5 I216 B8 I217 A9 I218 C1 I219 B1 I222 C9 I224 F11 I225 F11 I226 E1 I228 B9 I235 C9 I236 B9 c200 F6 c201 H4 c202 H4 c203 H5 c204 H5 c205 H5 c206 H5
c207 H6 c208 H6 c209 H6 c210 H5 c211 H6
+3.3V
SC2_R_OUT
SC1_R_OUT
MAIN_OUTR
Bout Gout Rout INTF_CVBS_OUT INTCO
GND1 33n SW_SC2_CVBS I2SD|1 Reset_+5V SEL_SC2_INTF
IR
100R
3204
POWER_DOWN LED WRITE_PROTECT SCL 3K3 3202 3K3
I2SCLK I2SWS
2248
GND1
2270 GND2 100n
100R
GND2
3227
3289
I218
100R
3267
9201
3236
100R
3253
83 76 75 73 72 80 79 95 94 49
85 4V4
0V0 0V0 0V0 0V0 5V5
3218 10R
820R
3272
100R
3207
2222
GND2
GND2
A8
A8
A8
A8
A5
A5 A5 A8 A8 A5 A5 A8 A8
A5
EHTinfo
220n 2208
220n
A2
A8
SC1_FBL
A5
2227
KEY_protn
10
11
L04L AA
7.
50
Mono Carrier: Features & Connectivities
FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES

A
A4 INTF_U_OUT F210 +6VS F211 +6V 4604 A4 7603 L78L33ACZ 1 IN IN OUT 3 OUT I230 +3.3V 2611 47u 16V
GND_1
INTF_V_OUT
F224 F225 F226 3616 100R 3617 3618 100R +3.3V 100R 3619 75R 3621 3620 75R F218 F250 +9V 75R F217 F216
INTF_Y_OUT A4 INTF_Y|GREEN_IN A4 INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN A4 INTF_Pr|RED_IN A4
COM GND 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
E A4
F230 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1206
To 1212 of
D A4 C A4 B A4 A A4 SEL_SC2_INTF A4
F239 F233 F238 F237
LT1/CT1 INTERFACE PANEL
1212
B
+9V 4611 9639 RES 3639 22R
GND_1
2613 100n Bout F240 F241 F242 F243 F244 1204 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3601
4K7
7601 PCF85116 8
9604 RES 3603 4602 100R For ITV Only 1245 A4
A4 2601
for EMC
GND3
5 1
100R
3605 100R
Rout A4 Iblack A4 1219
SDA
A4
A4 INTF_FBL A4 SANDCASTLE F219
To 1219 of FOR ITV
F215 4610 RES 3610 100R I240 4612 6610 100u 10V 2620 100n 2621 BAS316 9605 I232 Vbuffer 3636 68K F212 +8V Vbuffer A4 INTF_L_IN F221 A4 INTF_R_IN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
To 1331 of
3V3 F214 1n0
7 4 3 2
SCL
A4
A4
CRT PANEL
+9VA
EEPROM
+9VA_1
WRITE_PROTECT
3604
Gout
SVM A4 ROT A4
F245
A2 INTF_CVBS_IN 4605 RES F222 F223 9607 4606 F220
VT_Supply
GND_1 GND_1
INTF_CVBS_IN +6V A4
2614 4u7 7602 PDTC124ET I223 A4 3637 47R A4 VD HD_PIP
27K
A4 2617 100n
A4 INTF_CVBS_OUT A4 ITV_V1OUT
I227
5V4 7604 BC847B 0V5 5V F213 100u 10V 3635 47K +5V 100n 2624 2623 2631 22u 50V 2615 4u7 9235 RES 5602 4u7 7606 BC847B 3V3
SIDE_L_IN A4 +6VS 1220 1 2 3 4 5 6 F247 SIDE_Y|CVBS_IN A4 F248 SIDE_CHROMA_IN A4 I2SWS I229 4601 4607 A4 I2SCLK F251 A4 I2SD|1 I231 A4 1221 1 2 3 9280 1241
for ITV only To 1462 of
I241
5V
7V I233 3V2 7607 BC847B A4 Stdby_Con +9VA_1 For ITV 1242 Only 2622 3634 3631 22K 1K0 33p 100K 3623 100K +3.3V +3V +5V For ITV Only 1243 +9V A4 (FOR SCART) I2SD|1 9612 3622
SW_SC2_CVBS A4 SC2_CVBS_OUT
3614 100R
GND_1
E
2625 2u2 3607 27K
I234
6602 BAV99 A
AK K
GND_1 GND_1
F227 +6V
FOR ITV ONLY
4609
6V
To 1252 of
7605 BC327-25
SEL_SC2_INTF
SIDE_R_IN A4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SIDE AV PANEL
150K
3606
3608
1207
F249 3626 3625 10R 10R 3628 10R 1213 F228 F229 F232 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E
for ITV only
A8
GND_1 GND_1 GND_1 GND_1
Reset_+5V A4 MUTING A7 1240 TO 1138 OF
9603
5601 2630 1n0 4630
TO 1763 & 1764 OF
(FOR CINCH)
LIGHT_SENSOR A4 C A4 Stdby_Con A4
1213 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MTV
ITV
1206 A B C D E
DVD -
iDTV -
USB -
PCMCIA -
I2SWS ITV DATA OUT/SDA I2SCLK ITV DATAIN I2SDI1 ITV CLOCK GND GND ITV SCL Light sensor C ITV POR 1 Stdby-con Stdby-con
Power On Power On Power On Power On Bus Request Bus Request Bus Request Bus Request Rx Rx Rx Tx Tx Tx
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_010.eps 270204
1204 B9 1206 A9 1207 D9 1212 A7 1213 E9 1219 C8 1220 E8 1221 F8 1240 F4 1241 F7 1242 E6 1243 F7 1245 C7 2601 C4 2611 B2 2613 B9 2614 D5 2615 E4 2617 D6 2620 C2 2621 C2 2622 E5 2623 E2 2624 E2 2625 E1 2626 D8 2627 D9 2628 D9 2629 D9 2630 F2 2631 E4 3601 B4 3603 B7 3604 C5 3605 C5 3606 D1 3607 E1 3608 D2 3609 E2 3610 C1 3614 E4 3616 B6 3617 B6 3618 B6 3619 B6 3620 B6 3621 B6 3622 E7 3623 E7 3625 E9 3626 E9 3628 E9 3631 E6 3634 E5 3635 D5 3636 D5 3637 D5 3639 C2 4601 E7 4602 B6 4604 B1 4605 D7 4606 D7 4607 E7 4609 D9 4610 C1 4611 B1 4612 C2 4630 F2 5601 F2 5602 E5 6602 E1 6610 C2 7601 B5 7602 D5 7603 A2 7604 D2 7605 D2 7606 E5 7607 E6 9235 E5 9280 F7 9603 F1 9604 B7 9605 C3 9607 D7 9612 E7
9639 B2 F210 A1 F211 B1 F212 C2 F213 D2 F214 C4 F215 C4 F216 B6 F217 B6 F218 B6 F219 C7 F220 D7 F221 C7 F222 D7 F223 D7 F224 A6 F225 A6 F226 A6 F227 E7 F228 E9 F229 E9 F230 A9 F232 E9 F233 B9 F237 B9 F238 B9 F239 A9 F240 B9 F241 B9 F242 C9 F243 C9 F244 C9 F245 C9 F247 D9 F248 E9 F249 E9 F250 B7 F251 E8 I223 D5 I227 D1 I229 E8 I230 B3 I231 E8 I232 C3 I233 E5 I234 E2 I240 C2 I241 D1
2626
27p 2627
27p 2628
27p 2629
470R
3609
27p
To 1206 of
I2S RES
L04L AA
7.
51
Mono Carrier: Class D - Audio Amplifier
CLASS D - AUDIO AMP (RESERVED)

3975 +9VB 2931 560p 3931 3973 10K 150K Audio_Gnd 2928 1u MAIN_OUTL A4 2930 100n I909 2934 220p 3934 47K 3932 4K7 2933 120p Audio_Gnd +Vaudio 2960 3959 3K9 22u 2942 100n 3949 22K -9V1 -2V7 3943 3974 2K2 4K7 1 2 4 13 Vaudio7902 TDA8925J 5 Vaudio+ Vaux_GND 2932 1u0 3933 2K7 1n0 3930 10K 8 I910 I911 3 1 -9V1 2 3942 4 -V 3935 I914 100K 9915 Audio_Gnd 4910 Audio_Gnd 3952 39K 2984 220n 2980 4911 I934 5911 3955 DIAG POWERUP BOOT2 SW2 REL2 EN2 VSS1 8 2945 -Vaudio 2936 560p 3937 150K Audio_Gnd 2929 35V 470u 2946 47n 6904 -V BZX384-C27 Audio_Gnd Vaudio10 12 10V5 I937 2953 1u0 OUT2 VSS2 3953 39K 11 I938 2971 3971 I943 4R7 4912 Vaudio+ 5912 I939 2970 Vaudio+ 680p 5902 33u 2981 220n 2972 220n I940 5908 33u 2973 220n 2974 220n 2983 15n 3972 3945 10K 10K I946 3957 Vaudio+ 39K Vaudio680p Audio_Gnd 3 -2V8 4R7 5901 33u I936 2955 Vaudio680p 2954 680p Vaudio+ Audio_Gnd Audio_Gnd F903 F905 I935 220n 5907 33u 2958 220n 2957 220n 2982 15n 3956 10K Audio_Gnd Audio_Gnd Audio_Gnd Vaudio47n 2K2 7901-1 LM393N Audio_Gnd 22u 2947 1 Audio_Gnd I916 47n 2949 470u 35V 2948 2951 I941 2977 Vaudio47n 2950 Vaudio+ Vaudio+ I928 6906 Vaudio3958 BAV99 2K2 +Vaudio 2961 25V 47u 3960 5914 100K 2963 6905 10p 2 -Vaudio RES 9914 5910 RES 4913 50 22u 2979 2978 47n I926 I927 I930 10K 3964 22K BAS316 VALUE MRT 9910 7906 BC327-25 I942 3965 I944 6903 VT_Supply
9911
9913 5913 RES Vaudio+ Vaudio+1 V_DG
1903
I924
3 P0102DA
Vaux_GND Vaudio-
I913
-V
VDD1
7904 BC857B
CLASS-D AMPLIFIER
SW1 REL1 EN1 BOOT1 6 10V7
VDD2
1V6
2952 1u0
I915 470R 3961
VOL_MUTE A4
F901
3962 4K7
I920
1V5
OUT1 -2V8 I921 -8V8 15 9 STAB
F904
C
1902 5 4 3 2 1
3947 Audio_Gnd 39K I919
BAS316
I922 3946 47K 7903 BC847B 3948 47K I918 -15V6 -2V8 I945
-9V1 -2V8
17 16 14
MAIN_OUTR A4
2935 100n
I925 2939 220p
1n0 3936 10K
8 5 7 6 4 47K 7901-2 LM393N -9V1
Audio_Gnd
Audio_Gnd
Audio_Gnd
1222
4K7 2938 1 2 3 4 5 6 Audio_Gnd F910 120p Audio_Gnd
1u0 3939 2K7
3940
3938
2937
3941 I948 100K
-V
F911 Vaudio+
F
4914 AMP-ST-15W/20W-GL --FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-EU JMP --AMP-ST-10W-GL AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-ITV-EU JMP JMP ----AMP-ST-5W-ITV-GL AMP-ST-5W-EU AMP-ST-10W-EU JMP JMP JMP ------AMP-ST-5W-ITV-EU JMP --4916 4915 4917 Audio_Gnd
3975
ROW Europe 100R, 2W 150R, 2W AMP-ST-5W-GL JMP --AMP-ST-10W+20W-GL --FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC
9911 1903
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_011.eps 200204
1222 F1 1902 C9 1903 A7 2928 A2 2929 E2 2930 A2 2931 A2 2932 B2 2933 B2 2934 B2 2935 E2 2936 D2 2937 E2 2938 F2 2939 E2 2942 C4 2945 D5 2946 D5 2947 B5 2948 B5 2949 A5 2950 A5 2951 A5 2952 C6 2953 C6 2954 D7 2955 C7 2957 C8 2958 C8 2960 B4 2961 A5 2963 B6 2970 D7 2971 D7 2972 E7 2973 E8 2974 E8 2977 A4 2978 B7 2979 B8 2980 C8 2981 E7 2982 C8 2983 E8 2984 C8 3930 A2 3931 A2 3932 B2 3933 B2 3934 B3 3935 B3 3936 E2 3937 D2 3938 E2 3939 F2 3940 E3 3941 F3 3942 B4 3943 C4 3945 E9 3946 D2 3947 C3 3948 D2 3949 C3 3952 C6 3953 D6 3955 C7 3956 C8 3957 D9 3958 A5 3959 C3 3960 A5 3961 C3 3962 C2 3964 A8 3965 A8 3971 D7 3972 E8 3973 A3 3974 C4 3975 A7 4910 B9
For SUB Woofer And For ITV
4911 C7 4912 D7 4913 B7 4914 F8 4915 F8 4916 F8 4917 F8 5901 C7 5902 D7 5907 C8 5908 D8 5910 B7 5911 C7 5912 D7 5913 A8 5914 B7 6901 D2 6903 A9 6904 D3 6905 B5 6906 A6 7901-1 B3 7901-2 E3 7902 B5 7903 D3 7904 C2 7906 A8 9910 A7 9911 A7 9913 A8 9914 B7 9915 B7 F901 C2 F903 D9 F904 C9 F905 D9 F910 F1 F911 F1 I909 A2 I910 A3 I911 A3 I913 B2 I914 B3 I915 C3 I916 A4 I918 D3 I919 C4 I920 C2 I921 C4 I922 C4 I924 A5 I925 E2 I926 A8 I927 B8 I928 A5 I930 A6 I934 C6 I935 C7 I936 C7 I937 C6 I938 D6 I939 D7 I940 D7 I941 A3 I942 A8 I943 D7 I944 A9 I945 D4 I946 D9 I948 F3
6901
-15V6
L04L AA
7.
52
Mono Carrier: Audio Amplifier
AUDIO_AMPLIFIER
A
2987 100n 2986 100n
Vaudio+1
2985 RES 3985 1K0 3988 4K7 7990 TDA2616Q +16V 7
MAIN_OUTL A4
F950
I953
2989 220n 2990 1n0
I951
B
2991 RES 3991 1K0 MAIN_OUTR A4
4 1 2994 22n 3 I956 3989 2996 10R
AmpOutL 1280 F952 47n 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 1281 8 ohm / 15W
B
8 ohm / 15W
F955
F951
I954
2992 220n
I952 F953 9 2993 1n0 6 8 2995 22n +16V 2 -16V 5 I957 3993 10R 2997 47n Audio_Gnd AmpOutR
Audio_Gnd
C
3994 Vaudio+1 68K VOL_MUTE A4 I958 7992 BC847B 0V7 3996 68K 7991 BC847B 16V 2916 I955 4u7
3995 2988 47K 100n
Audio_Gnd
-Vaudio
TO 1683 OF 1282
POWER DOWN
7993 BC847B
6990 BAS316
I959
E
A4
120K
2911
4u7 2912
4u7 2913
4u7 2914
4u7 2915
4u7 3999
1280 B9 1281 B9 1282 D3 2911 D3 2912 D3 2913 D4 2914 D4 2915 D4 2916 C6 2985 B4 2986 A7 2987 A7 2988 C7 2989 B5 2990 B5 2991 B4 2992 B5 2993 C5 2994 B7 2995 C7 2996 B8 2997 C8 3985 B4 3988 B5 3989 B8 3991 B4 3992 C5 3993 C8 3994 C4 3995 C6 3996 D5 3997 D4 3998 E3 3999 D4 6990 D3 7990 B6 7991 C6 7992 C5 7993 D5 7994 E3 F950 B4 F951 B4 F952 B8 F953 C9 F955 B8 I951 B6 I952 B6 I953 B5 I954 B5 I955 C6 I956 B8 I957 C8 I958 D4 I959 D4
3992 820K 3997
4K7
Stdby_Con
E
3998 10K 7994 BC847B
MUTING A5
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_012.eps 200204
L04L AA
7.
53
Mono Carrier: Rear I/O Cinch
4
ITV RES 1236
REAR I/O CINCH

F101 1101 3101 68R 6
SC2_CVBS_OUT A5 7104-2 IMX1 2 1 5 4 1138 MUTING 3103 220K 330p 3104 2103 150R 2107 390p I108 2105 10u 4112 for ITV 1227 for ITV 1 2 3 1229 F117 SC2_L_OUT A4 7104-1 IMX1
MONITOR OUTPUT
1223-1 3 F102 2 1102 From 1240 OF
A5
L R
B
F115 3 2 1 6 1 2 3 4 5 1137
F103 1103
3105 220K 2104 330p 3106 150R 2108 390p I107
2106 10u F116
SC2_R_OUT A4
For ITV 1263 4106 1104 3111 RES 3112 3169 RES I104 SC1_GREEN_IN A4 75R SC2_CHROMA_IN A4 I115 3136 3135 1113 75R RES 4136 F112
* * *
F104 4109
SVHS
1223-2
For ITV 1264 I105 SC1_BLUE_IN A4 3167 75R For ITV 1267 1265 SC2_Y|CVBS_IN A4 3138 6132 1110
RES
U
6 1105 4107 3113 RES F105 5
3114 RES
F113
4116
YUV INPUT
*9112
C
3129 75R
3130 75R
V Y
8 F122
RES 9138
9114
*
F110
4130 15
AV2
1224
F106 1106
4108 3115 RES
3116 3168 RES
I106
SC1_RED_IN A4 SC2_L_IN A4
I116
2132 50V 2u2 4113
I113 3132 2131 330p
3131 4104 RES 390p 1111 47K 150R
L
14
2136
D
F107
*9116
3122
R
13 16 F111
SC1_CVBS_IN I110 A4
SC2_R_IN A4 9101 4144
2134 I120 50V 2u2
I114 3134 2133 330p 47K
3133 390p 1112 150R 2137
1107
6106
3121
AV1
1223-3 11 F108
L
10 4105 RES
*
390p 4111
4110
330R 9113
3123 2122 330p 3124 47K 150R
I111
2123 2u2 50V
SC1_L_IN A4 I109 4115
I119
3162 22R
F121 1 2 3
1228
2126
3157
1K0
12
F123 F109 1109
*
2127 390p
3125 2124 330p 3126 47K 150R
I112
2125 2u2 50V
SC1_R_IN A4 SC2_L_OUT A4 SC2_R_OUT A4 for ITV only 1262 8 9 1 SC1_FBL 2 A4 F138 3 6 7 3161 10K 3164 10K 2158 47n I117 3166 2K2 2159 47n I118
7103 BC847B
47p
Vbuffer
2163
1108
F119
SPDIF
F120 47K 1153 2157 3156 100n
Sub Woofer
2 1 1237
ITEM CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-GL CN-R2 I/1 O/YUV-GL CN-R2 I/1 O-GL CN-R1 I/1 O-GL CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-SY-ITV-GL --4101 --JMP --JMP 4102 --JMP JMP --JMP 4103 --JMP JMP --JMP 4109 --JMP ------4110 --JMP --------4111 --JMP ----4130 ----JMP ----9112 JMP JMP --JMP --9113 JMP JMP JMP --JMP JMP JMP --9114 JMP --JMP JMP --9116 JMP ---
CN-R1 I-ITV-LA ----------------JMP -----
For ITV 1266
SC2_STATUS|ITV_MSG
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_014.eps 270204
1101 A3 1102 B3 1103 B3 1104 C3 1105 C3 1106 D3 1107 E3 1108 E3 1109 F3 1110 C8 1111 D8 1112 E8 1113 C8 1137 B9 1138 A3 1153 F9 1223-1 B2 1223-2 C2 1223-3 E2 1227 B6 1228 E9 1229 B8 1236 A4 1237 F9 1262 F6 1263 C5 1264 C5 1265 D5 1266 F5 1267 D5 2103 B4 2104 B4 2105 B5 2106 B5 2107 B3 2108 B3 2122 E4 2123 E5 2124 F4 2125 E5 2126 E3 2127 F3 2131 D7 2132 D7 2133 E7 2134 D7 2136 D8 2137 E8 2157 F9 2158 F7 2159 F8 2163 E9 3101 A3 3103 B4 3104 B4 3105 B4 3106 B4 3111 C4 3112 C4 3113 C4 3114 C4 3115 D4 3116 D4 3121 E4 3122 D4 3123 E3 3124 E5 3125 E3 3126 F5 3129 C9 3130 C9 3131 D8 3132 D7 3133 D8 3134 E7 3135 C7 3136 C7 3138 C7 3156 F8 3157 E8 3161 E7 3162 E9
3164 F7 3166 E7 3167 C5 3168 D5 3169 C5 4101 C2 4102 C3 4103 C2 4104 D8 4105 E3 4106 C3 4107 C3 4108 D3 4109 C3 4110 E3 4111 E3 4112 B5 4113 D6 4115 E6 4116 C9 4117 F9 4130 C9 4136 C7 4144 E6 6106 E3 6132 C8 7103 E8 7104-1 A4 7104-2 A4 9101 D6 9112 C4 9113 E4 9114 C4 9116 D4 9138 C7 F101 A3 F102 B3 F103 B3 F104 C2 F105 C2 F106 D2 F107 D2 F108 E2 F109 E2 F110 D8 F111 D8 F112 C8 F113 C8 F115 B7 F116 B5 F117 B5 F119 E9 F120 F9 F121 E9 F122 D2 F123 E2 F138 F6 I104 C5 I105 C5 I106 D5 I107 B4 I108 B4 I109 E5 I110 D5 I111 E5 I112 E5 I113 D7 I114 D7 I115 C7 I116 D6 I117 E7 I118 E8 I119 E8 I120 D6
4103
4101
4102
1 2 3
BZX284-C6V8
75R
75R
4117
L04L AA
7.
54
Mono Carrier: Front Control
FRONT CONTROL
A4,A9
KEY_PROTN
F682
I681
I688
I682
I683
F683
I686
1606 USA
1604
1603
1602
1601
1600
TS
F685
B
+6V 3695 RES A4 LED F696 3692 4692 I691 STANDBY LED 6691 F693 1 2
4695 RES 3691 330R
I689
220R
3693
* *
I693 6692 TSOP1836 3 1 F699 2 VS OUT GND IR RECEIVER for ITV only BPW46 1692 7691 BC847B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 F697 1693 1 2 3 4 5 6 To 1693 of BZX384-C5V1
A4
IR
F691 IR LED_OUT
4691
F692
IR_OUT
For Engg Purpose Only

F694 4694 F695 I687 6693
680K
2692
47n 3696
4693 3697
1600 A4 1601 A4 1602 A4 1603 B3 1604 B3 1606 B2 1692 D4 1693 D4 2691 C4 2692 E2 3681 A4 3683 A2 3684 A2 3685 A3 3686 A3 3687 A4 3689 A2 3690 C4 3691 C3 3692 C2 3693 C4 3694 C3 3695 B2 3696 E2 3697 E3 4691 D2 4692 C2 4693 E3 4694 D1 4695 B3 6691 C3 6692 C4 6693 D2 6694 C4 7691 D3 9683 A2 F682 A2 F683 A4 F685 B4 F691 D2 F692 D3 F693 C2 F694 D1 F695 D2 F696 C1 F697 D4 F698 E3 F699 D3 I681 A2 I682 A3 I683 A3 I686 A4 I687 D2 I688 A3 I689 C4 I691 B3 I693 C3
Personal Notes:
150R
3684
3685
390R
channel+
channel-
volume+
3694
10K LIGHT_SENSOR A4 KEY_PROTN A9
F698
100u 6694
2691
4K7
220R
3690
volume-
DVD Eject
POWER
820R
3683
3687
3689
9683
3686
3681
RES
RES
1K2
1K8
ITEM NO. 6691
NAFTA
LATAM
EU
AP
4693
SETS WITH LIGHT_SENSOR JMP
LTL-10234WHCR LTL-10234WHCR LTL-10224WHCR LTL-10224WHCR (RED) (RED) (GREEN) (GREEN)

E_14480_015.eps 200204
3139 123 5673.1
E_06532_012.eps 130204
L04L AA
7.
55
Mono Carrier: DVD Power Supply
DVD POWER SUPPLY (RESERVED)

Vaux
ITV only Vaux 100u 25V

5
7581 L4978 100R 3585 2581 2582 220n 3581 22K VCC FB 8
1581 I587 3584 2K7 I588 F581 F582 F583 Vaux_GND +5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 DVD/IDTV
I582 I583 Vaux_GND Vaux_GND Vaux_GND
3 OSC 2 SS_INH
OUT 4
5581 47u
ITV only
1582 4 3 2 1
B
1m0 16V 2588 3583 4K7
SB340
COMP
7
GND BOOT
I584 2583 2584 100n 3582 8K2 2n2 Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND I585
1n0
1581 A6 1582 A6 2581 B1 2582 B2 2583 C2 2584 C2 2585 C3 2586 B3 2587 B4 2588 B5 2589 C1 2590 C2 3581 B2 3582 C3 3583 B5 3584 B5 3585 B1 4581 C2 5581 B4 6581 B4 7581 A3 7582 C2 F581 B6 F582 B6 F583 B6 I582 B2 I583 B2 I584 B3 I585 C3 I587 B4 I588 B4
6581
2586
100n
2587
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
2585
+9VA 4581 7582 L78L08ACZ +9VB 2589 2u2 1 IN OUT COM 2 3 2590 2u2
Vaux_GND
MainSupplyGnd MainSupplyGnd MainSupplyGnd
22n
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_016.eps 200204
L04L AA
7.
56
Layout Mono Carrier: (Top Side)

1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1010 1011 1012 1013 1137 1138 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 E8 E6 E5 E5 E7 E8 E7 E7 E6 E8 C8 E7 C6 D5 D5 E7 D7 1212 1213 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1227 1228 1229 1234 1236 1237 1240 1241 1262 1280 C6 C5 C7 E4 C5 D3 D8 C7 E8 C8 D5 D7 E8 D4 D5 D7 E3 1281 1401 1402 1404 1451 1452 1453 1454 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 E3 C7 A6 A5 C7 A8 B5 B7 A2 A2 B2 C3 C2 A2 A2 C2 A2 1509 1510 1532 1535 1542 1543 1545 1581 1582 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1606 1682 1692 C2 B1 B3 C5 C4 C4 C4 D4 C3 C1 C1 D1 D1 C1 A1 D4 C1 1693 1902 1903 2006 2008 2105 2106 2123 2125 2132 2134 2203 2217 2218 2224 2230 2234 C1 D2 D3 E7 E8 D7 D7 D7 D7 C7 C8 D5 E5 D6 E5 D6 D6 2240 2250 2251 2265 2273 2275 2401 2404 2405 2406 2411 2412 2413 2415 2416 2417 2418 E5 D6 E5 E6 E6 E6 A7 B6 A6 A6 B6 A6 B6 A5 B6 A6 A5 2419 2427 2451 2454 2455 2457 2458 2459 2460 2463 2465 2467 2481 2484 2486 2500 2501 B6 B6 A8 A8 A8 C7 C7 A8 A7 C8 C8 C7 A7 A8 B6 A2 C2 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2511 2514 2528 2534 2535 2536 2537 2539 2540 C2 A4 A4 A4 A3 A3 C2 C1 A5 A4 B4 B3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 2541 2542 2543 2545 2546 2551 2552 2561 2562 2563 2565 2570 2581 2588 2611 2621 2624 C3 B4 B3 B3 B3 B5 C5 C4 B4 C4 C4 B4 C4 C4 E4 E5 E5 2691 2945 2948 2949 2960 2961 2978 3020 3101 3103 3105 3112 3114 3116 3122 3123 3125 B1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D1 C3 E7 D8 D8 D8 D8 D8 D8 D8 D8 D8 3131 3133 3138 3157 3167 3201 3215 3224 3230 3231 3234 3239 3241 3246 3249 3252 3258 C8 D8 D8 E8 D7 D5 D5 E5 D4 D6 C6 C7 E5 D5 D7 D5 D7 3260 3270 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3291 3401 3403 3406 3407 3410 3411 3412 3414 3415 D5 D7 D7 E7 C7 C7 D7 D7 C6 A7 A7 A7 A8 A6 A6 C6 B6 3417 3418 3425 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3440 3441 3442 3443 3451 3454 3455 3457 3458 A6 C5 C5 B6 C6 B7 B6 B6 C5 B6 A7 A7 B6 A8 B8 B8 B7 3460 3461 3466 3467 3468 3470 3471 3472 3482 3483 3484 3485 3497 3500 3501 3502 3503 B7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C8 C7 C7 B8 B8 B8 B8 C5 B1 B1 A1 B1 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3513 3514 3515 3516 3519 3520 3521 3523 3529 B2 A2 B1 B3 A3 B2 B2 B5 A5 A5 A5 A4 B4 A4 A5 B2 B3 3531 3532 3534 3542 3563 3571 3574 3575 3577 3584 3585 3603 3606 3616 3617 3618 3683 B4 B3 B4 B3 C4 B5 B5 B5 B5 C4 D4 C6 E4 C6 C6 C6 B1 3943 3945 3961 3962 3975 5201 5208 5216 5217 5401 5402 5403 5405 5406 5408 5410 5450 C2 D3 C3 D3 D3 D5 D6 D6 D7 A6 B6 B5 B5 B6 B6 B6 B7 5451 5500 5501 5502 5503 5511 5512 5512C 5512D 5531 5532 5536 5537 5551 5552 5561 5562 B7 B2 B2 A3 A3 A4 B4 B4 B4 B4 B3 C4 C4 B5 B5 B4 B4 5581 5602 5603 5901 5902 5907 5908 5913 5914 6001 6401 6403 6404 6406 6410 6411 6412 D4 D7 C7 D2 D2 D1 D2 D3 D3 E8 A6 C6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6459 6480 6481 6486 6500 6511 6535 6536 6537 6540 6551 6562 C7 B7 B8 B8 A8 B8 B8 B8 C6 A4 A5 C4 C3 C3 B3 C5 B4 6563 6573 6575 6581 6691 6692 6693 6905 7203 7204 7401 7405 7406 7451 7452 7453 7512 C4 B5 A4 D4 A1 B1 B1 D1 E5 E5 A6 B6 C5 C8 C8 C7 A4 7513 7531 7571 7581 7601 7603 7605 7902 7906 7990 9002 9101 9112 9113 9114 9116 9120 B5 B3 B5 D4 D5 E4 E5 C2 C3 E3 E7 D8 D8 D8 D8 D8 C7 9121 9122 9123 9124 9125 9126 9128 9129 9138 9201 9202 9203 9204 9205 9206 9207 9208 D7 D7 D7 D8 D7 D8 D7 D7 D8 E6 E4 E6 E7 D4 D4 D4 D4 9209 9210 9211 9212 9213 9214 9215 9216 9217 9218 9219 9220 9221 9222 9223 9224 9225 9226 9227 9228 9229 9230 9231 9232 9233 9234 9235 9236 9237 9238 9239 9240 9241 9242 9243 9244 9245 9246 9247 9248 9249 9250 9251 9252 9253 9254 9255 9257 9258 9259 9260 9261 9262 9263 9264 9265 9266 9267 9268 9269 9271 9272 9273 9274 9275 9276 9277 9278 9279 9280 9290 9294 9295 9296 9297 9298 9299 9401 9402 9407 9410 9417 9460 9466 9467 9469 9470 9473 9474 9475 9476 9477 9478 9479 9480 9481 9482 9483 9484 9485 9486 9487 9488 9489 9490 9491 C5 E7 D7 E7 D7 D4 E7 D4 D6 E6 D6 D5 D5 E5 E6 D5 D4 D4 D5 D4 D5 D5 E6 E5 E6 E7 D7 C5 D6 D7 E6 E5 C6 D4 C4 E6 E4 E6 E4 E6 D4 E6 E5 C5 D5 C7 C7 D7 C7 D7 D7 D7 D7 E7 C7 C7 C7 D7 D7 C4 E5 D4 D4 D4 C5 D5 C6 D4 D4 D5 E6 C6 C5 C5 C4 C5 C5 B5 B6 B6 B6 A5 B6 B5 B6 C5 C6 C5 C5 C5 C5 C6 C6 C6 C6 C6 C7 C8 C7 C7 B7 B8 A8 B8 A8 A6 9492 9500 9501 9502 9503 9504 9505 9506 9507 9508 9509 9510 9511 9512 9513 9514 9532 9536 9537 9570 9573 9574 9575 9576 9577 9578 9579 9582 9583 9584 9585 9586 9587 9589 9590 9591 9592 9593 9604 9605 9607 9612 9631 9633 9637 9639 9642 9643 9653 9660 9661 9662 9663 9664 9665 9666 9683 9688 9689 9690 9694 9695 9696 9910 9911 9913 9914 9915 9920 9921 9924 9926 9927 9933 9935 9936 9937 9939 9940 9941 9942 9943 9944 9946 C6 A2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 A3 A2 A2 C4 C4 B2 B3 B5 C4 B3 C4 C4 A3 C2 B4 C3 A4 B5 B3 C3 C4 C4 B4 A4 C4 B4 C5 C5 C3 C3 C4 C6 E6 D7 E4 C6 C7 E7 E4 D7 D5 D4 C1 C1 B1 C1 C1 B1 C1 B1 E4 E4 E4 E6 E4 D4 C3 D3 D3 D3 C3 D3 D3 D2 D3 D2 D3 D3 C3 C3 D3 C3 D3 D3 D3 D3 C2
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_002.eps 190204
L04L AA
7.
57
Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

2001 2002 2003 2004 2007 2009 2013 2014 2016 2103 2104 2107 2108 2122 2124 2126 2127 A8 A8 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 B7 A7 B8 B8 B8 B7 B8 B8 2131 2133 2136 2137 2157 2158 2159 2163 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 C8 C8 C8 B8 A8 A8 A7 A7 A5 B5 B5 A4 A4 B5 B5 B6 B5 2213 2214 2215 2216 2221 2222 2223 2225 2226 2227 2229 2231 2232 2233 2235 2236 2237 B5 A5 B6 B6 A5 A5 B6 B6 A5 A5 B6 B6 B6 B6 A5 A5 B6 2238 2239 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 A5 A5 A5 B6 B6 A5 A5 B6 B6 A5 B6 B6 A6 A6 A7 A6 A6 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2274 2276 2277 B6 B5 A6 A6 B6 A6 B6 A6 A6 A5 A5 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 B5 2278 2279 2280 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2402 2403 2408 2409 2410 2414 A5 B5 B5 B5 A6 A6 A6 B6 B6 B4 B4 E8 E8 C6 D6 C6 C6 2420 2425 2428 2453 2456 2461 2462 2464 2468 2469 2470 2480 2482 2483 2487 2488 2489 C6 C6 D7 E8 D8 D7 D7 C8 C8 D7 C8 E8 C5 E8 D6 C5 D6 2490 2491 2512 2513 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2530 2531 2532 2533 2538 2544 2547 2548 D8 E8 E5 E5 D5 E5 E5 E5 E5 D4 D4 D4 D3 C4 D4 C4 C4 2549 2550 2553 2564 2566 2571 2572 2573 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2601 2613 2614 D3 D3 D4 C4 C4 D5 C5 D5 C4 B4 B4 B4 B4 B4 B5 B5 B7 2615 2617 2620 2622 2623 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2692 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 B7 B7 A5 B7 A5 A4 C6 B6 B6 B6 C7 D1 C3 B3 B3 C3 C3 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2942 2946 2947 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2957 C3 C3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 C2 C2 B2 B2 B1 2958 2963 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2977 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 C2 C3 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 A3 A3 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 A3 B3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A8 A8 A8 A7 A8 A7 A5 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3016 3018 3019 3104 3106 3111 3113 3115 3121 3124 3126 3129 A5 A7 A5 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 B7 A7 B8 B8 B8 B8 B7 B7 C8 3130 3132 3134 3135 3136 3156 3161 3162 3164 3166 3168 3169 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 C8 C8 C8 C8 C8 A8 B8 A8 B8 A8 B7 B7 B5 A5 B5 A5 A5 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3214 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3225 3226 B5 A4 A4 A4 A4 B5 B5 B6 A5 B5 B5 B6 B6 A6 A4 B6 B6 3227 3228 3229 3232 3233 3235 3236 3237 3238 3240 3242 3243 3244 3245 3247 3248 3250 B6 B6 B6 A5 C6 A5 A5 A5 B6 B6 B6 A5 A6 C5 A6 B7 B7 3251 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3259 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3271 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 B7 B5 B4 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 A6 B7 B5 B6 3272 3273 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3287 3288 3289 3290 3292 3293 3294 3295 B6 B6 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 A4 B5 B5 B6 C6 B6 B6 C6 A5 3296 3404 3405 3409 3416 3420 3427 3428 3436 3445 3446 3452 3453 3462 3463 3464 3469 A5 E6 E7 E8 D6 C6 D7 D7 D5 C5 C5 D7 E7 D8 D8 C8 C8 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3480 3481 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 E8 C7 C7 E7 E8 D8 E7 D8 D8 E7 E7 C5 E8 E8 E8 E8 E8 3495 3498 3499 3512 3517 3518 3522 3524 3527 3528 3530 3533 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3541 3565 3572 3573 3576 3578 3579 3581 3582 3583 3601 3604 3605 3607 3608 3609 3610 3614 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3625 3626 3628 3631 3634 3635 3636 3637 3681 3684 3685 3686 3687 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3946 3947 3948 3949 3952 3953 3955 3956 C6 C6 C6 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 D4 D4 D3 D3 C3 C3 D3 D3 D3 C3 C4 C5 D5 D5 D5 D5 B4 B4 B4 B5 B5 B5 A4 A5 A4 A4 B7 C6 C6 C6 A4 A4 B5 B5 B5 B7 B7 B7 B7 B7 C1 C1 B1 B1 C1 C1 C2 E1 E1 D1 E1 D1 D1 D1 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C2 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B2 C2 B3 C2 C3 C2 C2 C2 B2 B2 3957 3958 3959 3960 3964 3965 3971 3972 3973 3974 3985 3988 3989 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4010 4011 4012 4013 4015 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4115 4116 4117 4130 4136 4144 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4219 4221 4222 4223 4224 4226 4227 4240 4241 4470 4492 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4601 4602 4604 4605 4606 4607 4609 4610 4611 4612 4620 B3 B1 C3 B1 C3 C3 B2 B2 B2 C2 B3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 B3 A3 B4 A8 A8 A5 A7 A5 A7 A8 A7 A6 A6 A6 A8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 B8 C7 C7 B7 C8 A8 C8 C8 B7 A6 B6 B6 B5 B6 C6 B5 B5 A5 A6 A5 A5 A6 C4 C4 E8 E8 E5 C4 C4 C3 C4 A4 C6 A4 C7 C7 A4 A6 A4 B4 A5 C7 4631 4635 4637 4642 4644 4645 4646 4648 4649 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4921 5001 5002 5003 5202 5203 5205 5206 5207 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5513 5533 5534 5535 5601 5910 5911 5912 6002 6003 6004 6005 6106 6132 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6407 6408 6441 6442 6443 6450 6451 6457 6458 6482 6483 6484 6488 6489 6512 6514 6531 6532 6533 6534 B4 C7 B6 A7 A7 B6 B5 B7 A4 C1 D1 D1 C1 E1 C1 B3 B2 B2 C2 A4 A4 A4 A4 C2 A7 A7 A5 B5 B5 B6 B5 B5 A5 B6 A6 A6 B6 A5 B5 D5 D4 C4 C4 C7 C2 B2 B2 A8 A8 A5 A7 B8 C8 A4 B6 B6 A6 C6 A5 C5 C4 B5 B5 D5 D5 D6 D6 C6 E7 E7 C7 C8 C5 C7 D6 D7 D7 D5 E5 D3 D4 D4 D4 6538 6541 6564 6565 6566 6571 6572 6576 6602 6610 6694 6901 6903 6904 6906 7001 7003 7103 7104 7200 7201 7202 7205 7207 7208 7209 7210 7402 7403 7404 7408 7410 7411 7454 7455 7456 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7511 7514 7532 7535 7536 7541 7561 7573 7602 7604 7606 7607 7691 7901 7903 7904 7991 7992 7993 D4 C3 C4 C4 C4 C5 D5 C3 A4 A5 C1 B3 C3 C2 B2 A5 A7 A7 B7 B6 A5 A5 C5 B6 B6 A5 A5 E7 E7 C6 C6 C6 C6 C8 D8 D8 E7 D8 C5 E8 C5 E5 E5 D4 C3 C3 C2 C4 C5 B7 A4 B7 B7 D1 C3 C3 C3 B3 B3 B4
Part 1 E_14480_003a.eps
Part 2 E_14480_003b.eps
Part 3 E_14480_003c.eps
3139 123 5673.1
Part 4 E_14480_003d.eps
E_14480_003.eps 190204
L04L AA
7.
58
Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
Part 1
L04L AA
7.
59
Part 2
E_14480_003b.eps 200204
L04L AA
7.
60
Part 3
E_14480_003c.eps 090204
L04L AA
7.
61
Part 4
E_14480_003d.eps 090204
L04L AA
7.
62
CRT Panel
6
ITEM 3328 3329 3330 3337 4328 4329 4330 4337 5351 9351
10
11
CRT PANEL
ROW THE REST RGB+DISPL-29FS_IN 100R 100R 100R 100R 100R 100R ----------------JMP --IND FXD LAL04A 22U PM10 --JMP JMP
EHTb B1 0330 MECHPART +200VA
3356 10R
I357
1332
AQUADAG WIRE
B
2330 100n 2334 10n BAV21 BAV21 6333 6332
1255 1 4 7330 TDA6107 Vdd 1 IN1
2V5
CRT Sockets
1256-A 1 G3 1254-A 1 G3
188k7 Vdd A1
OUT1 9 I330 3333 100R
5 3334 F338 I336 F339 F340 2332 F341 1n5

B R G
3k77 Vref
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
G1 CG
5 6
Blue
G1 CG
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3k75
100R 4329 3329
BC1
140V
I333
1K 3336
7 G2 CR H1 H2 CB GND 8 9 10 11 12 G2
CRT Green
188k7
2 IN2
2V5
3k77 Vref
Vdd A2 188k7
OUT2 8
I331
CR H1
3335 100R I334 3332
1K
3k75
BC2
140V
T0 CRT SOCKET
H2 CB GND
Red
3 IN3
2V5
3k77 3k75 Vref
Vdd A3
OUT3 7
I332
3331 100R I335
1K
3328 100R
3330 100R
BC3
140V
2333
2331
10n 3357
GND_CRT
I337
1n
Vref 2.5V
THERMAL
PROTECTION
GND
BCI 5
7V
6V
D
NOT USED
I355
5355
RES 9352
3355
1331
1 F331 2 F332 3 F333 4 F334 BC_INFO
E
From 1204 of Features & Connectivities
RES
T0 CRT SOCKET
*
BZX384-C5V6 6335 BZX384-C5V6 6336 BZX384-C5V6 6337 BZX384-C5V6 6334
4337 3337
5 6
7
F335 F336
*
9351 5351
5352 27u
F356
ROT B2 B2 SVM_ROT
*
2335
1351 1 F351 2 I351
*
+200V
I353
F
1352
10n
VSVM
VG2
FOCUS
EHT
3351
F354 +200VA
0330 B1 1254-A B7 1255 B6 1256-A B6 1331 E1 1332 B7 1351 F2 1352 F9 2330 B3 2331 D6 2332 C5 2333 D4 2334 B3 2335 F2 2351 G3 2352 F6 2353 F7 3328 D2 3329 C2 3330 D2 3331 D4 3332 C4 3333 C4 3334 C5 3335 C4 3336 C5 3337 E3 3351 G3 3354 F5 3355 E6 3356 B6 3357 D6 4328 D2 4329 C2 4330 D2 4337 E3 5330 G5 5351 F3 5352 E4 5355 E6 6331 C4 6332 B4 6333 B4 6334 F2 6335 F2 6336 F3 6337 F3 7330 B2 9351 F3 9352 E6 F331 E1 F332 E1 F333 E1 F334 E1 F335 E1 F336 F1 F338 C5 F339 C5 F340 C5 F341 C5 F351 G2 F352 G2 F353 G4 F354 G3 F356 E5 I330 C4 I331 C4 I332 D4 I333 C4 I334 C4 I335 D4 I336 C5 I337 D3 I351 G2 I353 F5 I355 D6 I357 B7
4328
4330
BAV21
6331
2352
680p
2353
3354
From 1401 of
3 100R F353 4 F352 5
1K5
3n3
FROM LOT, MAIN CHASSIS

Filament 5330
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION
EHTb B1
2351
10u
Line + Frame Deflection
3139 123 5674.1
E_14480_017.eps 200204
10
11
L04L AA
7.
63
CRT Panel: Eco Scavem
ECO SCAVEM
A
VSVM 3373 22u 100V 1K8 2363 I360
A
3364 1K8 0316 MECHPART
I370 22u 100V 180K 3375 3361 3387 1K5 1K8 250 2384 I368 220p 83V 1382 To 1470 of 3388 6376 K I375 AK BAV99 A AK BAV99 A I362 33R 4n7 400 V 3366 3371 470R 68K 9361 RES I369 2364 I366 3365 I367 10R 83V 7363 2SA1358 35V 5361 F361 2361 2362 1n0 20V 7376 BC857B 26V 2368
I373
3376
68K
B
I374
I361 14V4
7361 BC847B 13V6
47n
20V
B
1361 3 2 1
SCAVEM COIL
10u 100V
2376
3367
35V 3369 10R I371 0V3 2385 220p 7364 2SC3421 58V I372 3370 1R8
3389 I364 14V B1SVM_ROT F360 5331 2387 13V 47p 7362 BC857B 33R
2365 4n7
I365
I363
560R
3368
2367
68K
22n
F362
Filament
I386
6383 RGP10D 2381
I381 100u 25V
D
3390 3383 1K0 1K2
17V7 8V7 7381 BC337-40 9V4
7331 BC847B
I383
B1 ROT
100R
3381
7332 BC857B
BAS316
I387 6381 7366 BC857B F381 2382 100n F382 1381 3 2 1

ROTATION COIL
3386 2383 82K 8V7 7382 BC337-40 1u0
3384 I384 10K
I385 0V6 3385 1K0
3139 123 5674.1
E_14480_018.eps 200204
0316 A6 1361 B7 1381 E7 1382 B4 2361 B4 2362 B4 2363 A4 2364 B4 2365 C4 2367 C6 2368 B4 2376 C2 2381 D3 2382 E6 2383 F6 2384 B5 2385 C5 2386 F3 2387 D3 3361 B3 3362 C3 3363 A5 3364 A5 3365 B5 3366 C5 3367 C5 3368 D5 3369 C5 3370 D5 3371 C6 3373 A2 3374 F5 3375 B2 3376 B2 3381 E4 3383 D4 3384 F4 3385 F4 3386 F5 3387 B3 3388 B4 3389 C4 3390 D3 4374 F5 5331 D2 5361 B6 6361 C3 6376 B2 6381 E5 6383 D2 7331 E3 7332 E3 7361 B3 7362 D3 7363 B5 7364 C5 7366 E6 7376 B2 7381 E5 7382 F5 9361 B6 F360 D2 F361 B6 F362 C6 F381 E7 F382 E7 I360 A5 I361 B3 I362 B3 I363 D3 I364 C3 I365 C4 I366 B5 I367 B5 I368 B5
I369 C5 I370 A4 I371 C5 I372 C5 I373 B3 I374 B2 I375 C2 I381 D3 I383 E4 I384 F4 I385 F4 I386 D2 I387 E3
3362
2386
6361
100n
10R
560R
3363
3374
RES
4374
L04L AA
7.
64
Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
E_14480_004.eps 100204
0316 0330 1254 1255 1256 1331 1332 1351 1352 1361 1381 2330 2351 2352 2353 2361 2363 2364 2367 2368 2381 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3351 3354 3355 3356 3362 3364 3367 3371 3373 3381 5330 5331 5351
A2 A1 A2 A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1
5352 5361 6331 6332 6333 6383 7330 7363 7364 7381 7382 9351 9352 9361 9373 9390
A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A2 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A1 A2 A1 A2
L04L AA
7.
65
Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
2333
3376
2376
E_14480_005.eps 100204
2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2362 2365 2376 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 3328 3329 3330 3337 3357 3361 3363 3365 3366 3368 3369 3370 3374 3375 3376 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 4328 4329 4330 4337
A1 A2 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1
4370 4374 6334 6335 6336 6337 6361 6376 6381 7331 7332 7361 7362 7366 7376
A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
L04L AA
7.
66
Side AV + Headphone Panel 1 2
10
SIDE AV PANEL + HP PANEL

6 1 2 3 4 5 1251 LAP5100-1411F 4180 3155 9181 75R
Video_Gnd
3159 100R SG01 3158 75R
HEADPHONE
*
3154 75R I157
for 2X10W from 1902
Video_Gnd for 2X5W from 1280
1 I166
1232 I170 4 3 2 1
1278
1254
5 4 3 2 1 F154
3156 2178
6 I168 5 470pF 4 2
From Main Chassis 1207
3160 100R BZX79-C6V8 F153 SG09 SG10 SG11
1252
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Features & Connectivities
TO SPEAKER
SG02
SG08
VIDEO IN
2 3 1
6161
Video_Gnd
B
1279 I171 3 2 1
Video_Gnd
3 470pF 2176 3157 7 8 9 I169 3161 39K
Video_Gnd Video_Gnd
2175 2u2 F152
from Main Chassis
I162
TO ECO SUB
I163
* C
1277-A
1250-C
Video_Gnd RIGHT
8 SG04 2173 9 9152 RES I155 3153
*
3152
9175
C
2181 1u
RES
1250-A
2172
D *
1277-B
LEFT
5 SG03
I152
3151 150R
2180 2u2 50 3150 2171 330p 47K
F150
6 4
* 9180
E_14480_037.eps 190204
* 1250-B 1 2 3
F151
3139 123 5718.1
1232 A9 1250-A C1 1250-B D1 1250-C C1 1251 A2 1252 B5 1254 B6 1277-A C1 1277-B D1 1278 A10 1279 B10 2171 D4 2172 C4 2173 C3 2174 D3 2175 C4 2176 B8 2178 B8 2180 D4 2181 C8 3150 D3 3151 D3 3152 C3 3153 C3 3154 B2 3155 A2 3156 B8 3157 B8 3158 A3 3159 A4 3160 B4 3161 C8 4180 A2 6161 B3 9152 D3 9175 C4 9180 D4 9181 A3 F150 D4 F151 D4 F152 C4 F153 B4 F154 B7 I152 D3 I155 C3 I157 B3 I162 B7 I163 C8 I166 B7 I168 B8 I169 C8 I170 B10 I171 B10 SG01 A3 SG02 B3 SG03 D3 SG04 C3 SG08 B4
SG09 B4 SG10 B4 SG11 B4
2174
RES
10
L04L AA
7.
67
Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Top Side)

1232 1250 1251 1252 A4 A3 A2 A1 1254 1277 1278 1279 A3 A2 A4 A4 2171 2172 2173 2174 A1 A2 A3 A2 2175 2180 3150 3151 A2 A1 A2 A2 3152 3153 3154 3155 A3 A3 A1 A1 3156 3157 3158 3159 A4 A4 A1 A1 3160 6161 9152 9175 A1 A1 A3 A2 9180 A1 9181 A1
3139 123 5718.1
E_14480_038.eps 100204
Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Bottom Side)

2176 A1 2178 A1 2181 A2 3161 A2 4180 A3
2181
3139 123 5718.1
E_14480_039.eps 100204
L04L AA
7.
68
Top Control Panel

1010 A1 1012 B3 1014 B2 3011 A2 3013 A3 3015 A3 F011 A2 I011 A2 1011 B3 1013 B2 3010 A2 3012 A2 3014 B3 3016 B3 F012 A3 I013 A3 I017 B3 I018 A3
Layout Top Control Panel (Bottom Side)

3010 A1 3011 A1 3012 A1 3013 B1 3014 B1 3015 B1 3016 C1
E TOP CONTROL (PV2)

1010 FROM 1682 OF 1 2 3 3011 3013 3010 3012 3015 RES KEY_PROTN F011
A *
F012 3014 3016
I011
I013
channel-
volume+
SKQNAB
SKQNAB
SKQNAB
SKQNAB
3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016
200R 430R 2K2 200R 820R 120R
150R 390R 1K8 JMP 820R JMP
I017
3139 123 5714.1
E_14480_031.eps 190204
1
Layout Top Control Panel (Top Side)
1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 A1 B1 C1 A1 A1
3139 123 5714.1
volumeE_14480_032.eps 190204
1014
1013
1011
1012
channel+
ITEM L03SS
L04
* B
*
I018
3139 123 5714.1
E_14480_033.eps 100204
L04L AA
7.
69
Linearity & Panorama Panel
Layout Linearity & Panorama Panel (Top Side)
LINEARITY & PANORAMA PANEL
INNER PIN CUSHION CORRECTION

A
100K 3461 2465 100n 3466 2466 47K 7462 IRF640 I404 470K 2467
A *
2n2 I405 1461 4 TO HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION COIL 1 I407 I417 I403 I402
7460 BC547B 6460 I408 BZX79-C12
3463
2464
2K7
2u2 100V 4R7 3469
2460 10u
6462
I409
3470
I410
I413 RGP10D 6464
100R
2469
2470
3464
3468
15K
2K2
2n2
I412
2468
I416
I406
BZX79-C4V7 3467 2K7
I415
C *
DIVERSITY TABLE 34 BMCC 470N 29 RF PDCC 220N 34 RF PDCC 120N 2466
1464
1N4148 2471 TO 1404 OF LINE DEFLECTION
4
2475
5460 5461
22u 22u
2474
1463
10u
* 9460
6463
*
1 2 I419
From 1221 of I2SD/1 3 2 +9V 1 1462
2476 2473 10n 2472 470n 2478 470n 2477
I420 3471 3K9
I418 7463 BC547B I421
1u 2479 1u EU NA / LA /AP Regions Screen Size 28WS 28WR 32WR 24WR 28WS 28WR 32WR ----680nF 560nF --2469 560nF 680nF ----2470 470nF 470nF 470nF ------2474 330nF 330nF 470nF 330nF 330nF 330nF ------------2475 560nF ------JMP JMP JMP JMP 9460
1461 A1 1462 D4 1463 D3 1464 D1 2460 B3 2464 B4 2465 A3 2466 A4 2467 B4 2468 B1 2469 C1 2470 C1 2471 D3 2472 E3 2473 E3 2474 D2 2475 D2 2476 D1 2477 E1 2478 E1 2479 E1 3461 A2 3462 B2 3463 B2 3464 C2 3465 B3 3466 A3 3467 B4 3468 C4 3469 B1 3470 C1 3471 E4 5460 D1 5461 D1 6460 B3 6462 B4 6463 D3 6464 C1 7460 B3 7462 A4 7463 E3 9460 D1 I402 A3 I403 A2 I404 A4 I405 A4 I406 B3 I407 A1 I408 B3 I409 B2 I410 B4 I412 B1 I413 C1 I415 C1 I416 B4 I417 B1 I418 E3 I419 D3 I420 E4 I421 E3
1461 1462 1463 1464 2460
B2 D2 D1 C2 A1
2464 2465 2466 2467 2468
B2 B1 B2 A2 C2
2469 2470 2471 2472 2473
B2 B1 D2 D2 D2
2474 2475 2476 2477 2478
D2 C2 C2 C2 C2
2479 3461 3462 3463 3464
C2 B2 B1 B1 B1
3465 3466 3467 3468 3469
B1 B2 A2 A2 C2
3470 3471 5460 5461 6460
C1 D2 B2 C2 A1
6461 6462 6463 7460 7461
A2 D2 C1 A1 A2
7462 D2 9460 B2
3462
3465
6K8
1u
3139 123 5759.1
E_14480_043.eps 200204
3139 123 5759.1
E_14480_044.eps 100204
L04L AA
7.
70
LTI/CTI Interface Panel
To 1212 of from PIP panel
for DVD/IDTV panels
3627 2K2 B5B-EH-A 1216 1 2 3 4 +9V B4B-EH-A 6625 6611 BZX384-C6V8 I614 3612 1K0 INTF_V_OUT INTF_U_OUT INTF_Y_OUT Y_2 4611 4612 4613 BZX384-C2V7 3628 1K0 3626 2628 1K0 4n7 0V 1214 0V5 7627 PMBT2369
INTF_Y|GREEN_IN INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN INTF_Pr|RED_IN
GND I610 I612 I611 I613
I619 +9V SANDCASTLE
1212 I626 1 2 I627 3 I628 GND Pb_2 4 5 6 7 Pr_2 INTF_FBL SANDCASTLE I622 8 9 10 11 12 I621
INTF_FBL
B
From 1212 of
7611 TDA8601T +8V 4633 7610 TDA9178T/N1 IOCNTR 16 0V6 2605 100n 2612 VIDOa 12 2V1 6 2V2 3 2V1 7 2V1 4 2V1 8 2V1 5 0V 75R 75R 6636 4636 15 FBI1 FBO 3619 3621 14 FBI2 BAS316 13 VIDIc2 VIDIc1 VIDIa2 100n 3613 3614 100K 100K 2615 VIDIb1 3615 100K 4634 0V 2 10 12 13 23 24 2V 8 2V 9 3V211 3V214 2V716 2V717 2V919 21 22 4632
C
2613 100n 2614 100n 2 2V4 VIDIa1
DECODING
PICTURE IMPROVEMENT
20 9V2 VCC 15 5V1 DECDIG 1 3 4 5 6 7 0V6 SC 0V3 ADEXT1 0V2 ADEXT2 0V2 ADEXT3 0V5 YIN 0V ADR VEE UIN VIN SCL SDA VOUT UOUT YOUT SOUT CF
SELECTABLE CLAMP SELECTABLE CLAMP SELECTABLE CLAMP SELECTABLE CLAMP SELECTABLE CLAMP SELECTABLE CLAMP 3-STATE 3-STATE 3-STATE
100n 2616 100n 2617 75R 100n 2618 3620 100n
VIDOb
11 2V1
18 0V
I616
D
100R
VIDIb2
4631 +8V VIDOc 10 470R 2636 100R RES 3616 3636 470p 2626 RES 2V1 9V 2630 4V5 7630 BC847BW 3V9 4V5 3634 1K0 2634 270R 1K2 2633 3633 680p 680p 3V9 7635 BC857BW 3617 I623 2627
*
I620
SEL
+8V
1u0
from DVD/IDTV/PIP panels

1215 1 SDA 3637 2M2 From 1214 of 2 GND 3 SCL 1206 1 2 3 4 5 I633 330K 2638 1u0 From 1206 of 6 7 4625 3625 RES I624
E
2610 100n 2611 I617
3-STATE
Vp
1 BAS316 BAS316 9V2 6633 100n 3631 10K 2631 2606 1u0 3630 10K 6635
I618 25V 10u
GND
4 3638
F
+8V
+8V
4614
3139 123 5740.1
E_14480_040.eps 200204
1206 E8 1212 B9 1214 A2 1215 E8 1216 A3 2605 C5 2606 F4 2610 E9 2611 E9 2612 C5 2613 C1 2614 D1 2615 D1 2616 D1 2617 D1 2618 E1 2626 E8 2627 E9 2628 A8 2630 E4 2631 F4 2633 E5 2634 E6 2636 E7 2638 F7 3610 D9 3612 B6 3613 D5 3614 D5 3615 D5 3616 E8 3617 E8 3619 E1 3620 E1 3621 E1 3625 F9 3626 A8 3627 A8 3628 A7 3630 F5 3631 F4 3632 E5 3633 E5 3634 E6 3635 E6 3636 E6 3637 E7 3638 F7 4610 D9 4611 B6 4612 B6 4613 B6 4614 F6 4625 F9 4630 E9 4631 D5 4632 D7 4633 C8 4634 C8 4636 E5 5610 E4 5613 F9 6610 E9 6611 A6 6625 A7 6633 F5 6635 F6 6636 E4 7610 C6 7611 C2 7627 A8 7630 E5 7635 E6 9612 E4 9613 F9 I610 B2 I611 B2 I612 B2 I613 B3
I614 B6 I616 D9 I617 E9 I618 F9 I619 B6 I620 E9 I621 C8 I622 C9 I623 E8 I624 F8 I626 B9 I627 B9 I628 B9 I633 F8
1 2 3 4 5
100R
4610
3610 5613 6610
+9V BAS316 4630
5610
9612 RES
3632
560R
3635
9613
RES
L04L AA
7.
71
Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Top Side)

1206 1212 1214 1215 A1 A2 A1 A1 1216 2611 2636 5610 A1 A2 A2 A2 5613 9612 9613 9614 A2 A2 A2 A2 9615 9616 9617 9618 A2 A2 A2 A2
Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Bottom Side)

2605 2606 2610 2612 2613 2614 2615 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 2616 2617 2618 2626 2627 2628 2630 A2 A2 A2 A1 A2 A1 A1 2631 2633 2634 2638 3610 3612 3613 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 3614 3615 3616 3617 3619 3620 3621 A2 A2 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 3625 3626 3627 3628 3630 3631 3632 A2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 4610 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 4611 4612 4613 4614 4617 4625 4630 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A1 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 A1 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A1 6610 6611 6625 6633 6635 6636 7610 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 7611 7627 7630 7635 A2 A1 A1 A1
3139 123 5740.1
E_14480_041.eps 100204
3139 123 5740.1
E_14480_042.eps 100204
L04L AA
7.
72
Front Interface Panel
Layout Front Interface Panel (Top Side)
4
1211 B1 1231 A3 1505 B4 1606 D3 1693 D1 2691 D4 2692 E2 2698 D4 3500 B2 3501 B2 3691 D3 3693 D3 3694 C4 3696 E2 3697 E2 4001 C3 4601 E2 6691 D3 6692 C4 6693 E2 7691 E2 9001 A3 9002 B3 9695 D3 I001 B2 I002 B3 I003 C3 I004 D1 I005 D1 I006 D1 I007 D3 I008 D1 I009 D4 I010 D1 I011 D3 I012 B2 I013 B4 I014 B4 I015 D1 I016 E2
1211 D1 1231 C3 1505 A1
1606 D4 1693 A3 2691 A4
2698 A3 3500 B2 3501 B3
3691 B3 3693 B3 3694 B3
6691 B4 6692 B4 6693 A4
9001 C1 9002 D2 9685 B3
9695 B3 9696 A3
FRONT INTERFACE PANEL

A
LATAM 100V - 250V NAFTA 110V EUROPE 220V - 240V AC MAINS INPUT
1211 1 2 I001 I012 2 1
A
9001 RES 1231
T4.0AE
5 6 4 3 I013 I014 1505 1 2 From 1505 OF POWER SUPPLY
3500
I002 3501 3M3
3M3
110V/220V
SDKVE30100
9002 RES 4001
I003
C
3694 RES 6692 TSOP1836 3 1 2 1693 1 I005 I006 330R 9695 I004 I008 I010 I015 6693 LTR-301 6691 1 2 I007 LTL-10224WHCR
L01 USA ONLY
C
VS OUT GND
+6 FOR ITV ONLY
3693 220R
I009 10u 50V 2698
3139 123 5722.1
E_14480_035.eps 100204
FROM 1693 OF FRONT CONTROL
2 3 4 5 6
2691
3691
100n
Layout Front Interface Panel (Bottom Side)
A9
I011
1606 POWER
7691 RES
I016
680K 2692
3696
4601 3697 10K
47n
E
3139 123 5722.1
E
E_14480_034.eps 200204
3139 123 5722.1
E_14480_036.eps 100204
Alignments
L04L AA
8.
EN 73
8. Alignments
Index of this chapter: 1. General Alignment Conditions 2. Hardware Alignments 3. Software Alignments and Settings Note: The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) are described in chapter 5 Service Modes, .... Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP, DOWN, LEFT, or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Go, via the MENU key, to the normal user menu and set SATURATION/COLOR to 0. CONTRAST to 0. BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible). Return to the SAM via the MENU key. Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the antenna input. Test pattern is a 'black' picture (blank screen on CRT without any OSD info) with a signal strength of 1 V_pp. Set the channel of the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the time base to 0.2 ms (external triggering on the vertical pulse). Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 10:1 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (see diagram B). Measure the cut off pulse during first full line after the frame blanking (see figure V_cutoff waveform). You will see two pulses, one being the cut off pulse and the other being the white drive pulse. Choose the one with the lowest value; this is the cut off pulse. Select the cathode with the highest V_dc value for the alignment. Adjust the V_cutoff of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to 160 V_dc, except for the 25/28BLD picture tube (Black Line Display, for EU only); this tube must be aligned to 140 V_dc. Restore BRIGHTNESS and CONTRAST to normal (= 31).
10.
8.1
General Alignment Conditions

11. Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditions: AC voltage and frequency (region dependent): 120 V_ac / 60 Hz, or 240 V_ac / 50 Hz. Connect the set to the AC power (a.k.a. Mains voltage) via an isolation transformer with a low internal resistance. Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 minutes. Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply). Never use the cooling fins / plates as ground. Test probe: Ri > 10 Mohm; Ci < 2.5 pF. Use an isolated trimmer / screwdriver to perform the alignments.
12.
13.
max.
8.2
Hardware Alignments
0V Ref.
VCUTOFF [VDC]
E_06532_011.eps 110204
Figure 8-2 V_cutoff waveform

C 1504 1506
8.2.2
Focusing 1. Tune the set to a circle or crosshatch test pattern (use an external video pattern generator). 2. Choose picture mode NATURAL with the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter. 3. Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines at 2/3 from east and west, at the height of the centerline, are of minimum width without visible haze.
7990
7601 9275 SDM 9252 1221 A 5512 B Focus Screen VG2 LOT
1204
1000 (TUNER)
D 1005 ComPair E_14480_030.eps 130204
Figure 8-1 Top view family board 8.2.1 Vg2 Adjustment 1. Activate the SAM. 2. Go to the WHITE TONE sub menu. 3. Set the values of NORMAL RED, GREEN and BLUE to 32.
EN 74 8.3
8.
L04L AA
Alignments
Software Alignments and Settings

00028 L04L 0.12 SDM ERR 0 0 0 0 0 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000 SAM . OP1 . OP2 . OP3 . OP4 . OP5 . OP6 . OP7 0 57 140 32 120 128 0 . Delta Cool Red -3 . Delta Cool Green -1 . Delta Cool Blue 5 SAM
00028 L04L 0.12 ERR 0 0 0 0 0
SAM
SAM
SAM
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000 . Clear . Options . AKB . Tuner . White Tone . Geometry . Audio . NVM Editor . ComPair Clear ? On
. IFPLL . AGC . CL
32 30 10
. Normal Red . Normal Green . Normal Blue
32 35 41
on SAM . Cool . Normal . Warm . Delta Warm Red 2 . Delta Warm Green -3 . Delta Warm Blue -13 SAM
1 00028 L04L 0.12 CSM 2 CODES 0 0 0 0 0 3 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000 4 nnXXnnnn/nnX 5 P3C-1 6 NOT TUNED 7 NTSC 8 STEREO 9 CO 50 CL 50 BR 50 HU 0 0 AVL Off BS 50
SAM . Horizontal . Vertical .HP 37 .HB 31 .HSH 34 .EWW 45 .EWP 14 .EWT 27 .UCP 42 .LCP 53
SAM
SAM . QSS Off . FMI On .SBL .VSH .VS .VAM .VSC OFF 29 37 30 25
SAM
SAM .ADR .VAL .Store 0x0000 0x0000 Store ? 0 0
E_14480_001.eps 240304
Figure 8-3 Service Mode overview
Alignments
Enter the Service Alignment Mode (see also chapter 5 Service Modes, ....). The SAM menu will now appear on the screen. Select one of the following alignments: Options Tuner White Tone Geometry Audio 8.3.1 Options Options are used to control the presence/absence of certain features and hardware. How to change an Option Byte An Option Byte represents a number of different options. Changing these bytes directly, makes it possible to set all options very fast. All options are controlled via seven option bytes. Select the option byte (OP1.. OP7) with the MENU UP/ DOWN keys, and enter the new value. Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings. Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched off and on with the AC power switch (cold start). How to calculate the value of an Option Byte Calculate an Option Byte value (OP1 .. OP7) in the following way: Check the status of the single option bits (OB): are they enabled (1) or disabled (0). When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain value (see column Bit value in table below). When an option bit is disabled, its value is 0. The total value of an Option Byte (decimal) is formed by the sum of its eight option bits. The factory values are printed on a sticker on the CRT (depends on region). Table 8-1 Option Byte calculation
Bit (value) 0 (1) 1 (2) 2 (4) 3 (8) 4 (16) 5 (32) 6 (64) 7 (128) Total: OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7
L04L AA
8.
EN 75
OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB70 OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB71 OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB72 OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB73 OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB74 OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB75 OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB76 OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77 Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum
Option Bit Assignment Following are the option bit assignments for all software clusters.
EN 76
8.
L04L AA
Alignments
Option Byte 1 (OP1) OB17: PHILIPS TUNER OB16: FM RADIO OB15: LNA OB14: ATS (EU) OB13: ACI OB12: UK PNP OB11: VIRGIN MODE OB10: CHINA Option Byte 2 (OP2) OB27: Reserved (value= 0) OB26: GREEN UI OB25: CHANNEL NAMING OB24: LTI OB23: TILT OB22: FINE TUNING OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER OB20: HUE Option Byte 3 (OP3) OB37: EW FUNCTION OB36: 2 TUNER PIP OB35: PIP SPLITTER OB34: SPLITTER OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY OB32: WIDE SCREEN OB31: WSSB (EU) OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER Option Byte 4 (OP4) OB47: Reserved (value= 0) OB46: Reserved (value= 0) OB45: ULTRA BASS OB44: DELTA VOLUME OB43: Reserved (value= 0) OB42: VOLUME LIMITER OB41: Reserved (value= 0) OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS
Table 8-2 Option code overview per model (OP1 - OP4) 32PW6542/85 Option Name
28PW6441
28PW6542
OP1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Philips Tuner FM Radio LNA ATS (EU) ACI UK PNP Virgin Mode China OP1 value (dec) OP2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved Green_UI Channel Naming LTI Tilt Fine_Tuning PIP Philips Tuner Hue OP2 value (dec) OP3 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EW Function 2 Tuner PIP PIP_Splitter Splitter Virtual Dolby Wide Screen WSSB (EU) Eco_Subwoofer OP3 value (dec) OP4 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved Reserved Ultra Bass Delta Volume Reserved Volume Limiter Reserved Stero_Nicam_2CS OP4 value (dec) 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 37 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 37 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 37 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 37 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 61 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 61 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
144 16 144 148 156 156 156
32PW6542
Option Bit
25PT5541
29PT4641
29PT5642
Alignments
Table 8-3 Option code overview per model (OP5 - OP7) 32PW6542/85 Option Name
L04L AA
8.
EN 77
Option bit definition Option Byte 1 (OP1) OB17: PHILIPS TUNER 0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use. 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use. OB16: FM RADIO 0 : FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : FM radio feature is enabled. OB15: LNA 0 : Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable. 1 : Auto Picture Booster is available. OB14: ATS 0 : Automatic Tuning System (ATS) feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : ATS feature is enabled. When ATS is enabled, it sorts the program in an ascending order starting from program 1. OB13: ACI 0 : Automatic Channel Installation (ACI) feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : ACI feature is enabled. OB12: UK PNP 0 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable. 1 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is available. When UK PNP and VIRGIN MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup and after exiting from menu, VIRGIN MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK PNP remains 1. OB11: VIRGIN MODE 0 : Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Virgin mode is enabled. Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN MODE is set to 1. After installation is finished, this option bit will be automatically set to 0. OB10: CHINA 0 : Tuning is not for China set, or this option bit is not applicable. 1 : Tuning is for China set. Option Byte 2 (OP2) OB27: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB26: GREEN UI 0 : Green UI is disabled (for Philips brand). 1 : Green UI is enabled (for Magnavox brand). Note: only for NAFTA region. OB25: CHANNEL NAMING 0 : Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Name FM Channel is enabled. Note : Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM RADIO= 1. OB24: LTI 0 : Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI) is disabled or not applicable. 1 : LTI is enabled. OB23: TILT 0 : Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Rotate Picture is enabled. OB22: FINE TUNING 0 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is enabled. OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER 0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use for PIP module. 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use for PIP module. OB20: HUE 0 : Hue/Tint Level is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Hue/Tint Level is enabled.
28PW6441
28PW6542 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
OP5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AV1 AV2 AV3 CVI SVHS2 SVHS3 Hotel Mode Reserved OP5 value (dec) OP6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Personal Zapping Reserved FM Trap Comb filter Active control Video Text Light sensor Dual Text OP6 value (dec) OP7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Time Win1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved OP7 value (dec) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 40 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 40 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 42 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 40 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 42 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 42 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 40 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
202 202 250 250 250 250 250
Option Byte 5 (OP5) OB57: AV1 OB56: AV2 OB55: AV3 OB54: CVI OB53: SVHS2 OB52: SVHS3 OB51: HOTEL MODE OB50: Reserved (value= 0) Option Byte 6 (OP6) OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING OB66: Reserved (value= 0) OB65: FM TRAP OB64: COMB FILTER OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL OB62: VIDEO TEXT OB61: LIGHT SENSOR OB60: DUAL TEXT Option Byte 7 (OP7) OB77: TIME WIN1 OB76: Reserved (value= 0) OB75: Reserved (value= 0) OB74: Reserved (value= 0) OB73: Reserved (value= 0) OB72: Reserved (value= 0) OB71: Reserved (value= 0) OB70: Reserved (value= 0)
32PW6542
Option Bit
25PT5541
29PT4641
29PT5642
EN 78
8.
L04L AA
Alignments
1 : SVHS2 source is available. Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU. OB52: SVHS3 0 : SVHS3 source is not available. 1 : SVHS3 source is available. Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU. OB51: HOTEL MODE 0 : Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Hotel mode is enabled. OB50: Reserved Default setting is 0.
Option Byte 3 (OP3) OB37: EW FUNCTION 0 : EW function is disabled. In this case, only Expand 4:3 is allowed, Compress 16:9 is not applicable. 1 : EW function is enabled. In this case, both Expand 4:3 and Compress 16:9 are applicable. OB36: 2 TUNER PIP 0 : Software selection no PIP 1 : Software selection with PIP Note: Only for EU/AP region for sets with PIP. OB35: PIP SPLITTER 0 : Normal Tuner in PIP 1 : Splitter in PIP Note: Only for EU/AP region. For PIP sets and build in with Splitter in PIP tuner. OB34: SPLITTER 0 : Normal Tuner for main chassis 1 : Splitter Tuner for main chassis Note: Only for EU/AP region. OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY 0 : Virtual Dolby is not applicable. 1 : Virtual Dolby is applicable. OB32: WIDE SCREEN 0 : Software is used for 4:3 sets or not applicable. 1 : Software is used for 16:9 sets. OB31: WSSB (EU) 0 : WSSB is disabled or not applicable. 1 : WSSB is enabled. Note : This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE SCREEN= 1. OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER 0 : Feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Feature is enabled. Option Byte 4 (OP4) OB47: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB46: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB45: ULTRA BASS 0 : Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Ultra Bass is enabled. Default setting is 0. OB44: DELTA VOLUME 0 : Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Delta Volume Level is enabled. OB43: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB42: VOLUME LIMITER 0 : Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Toggle Volume Limiter Level is enabled. OB41: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS 0 : For AV Stereo. 1 : For NICAM Stereo 2CS. Option Byte 5 (OP5) OB57: AV1 0 : AV1 source is not present. 1 : AV1 source is present. OB56: AV2 0 : AV2 source is not present. 1 : AV2 source is present. Note : For EU, when AV2=1, both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop. OB55: AV3 0 : Side/Front AV3 source is not present. 1 : Side/Front AV3 source is present. OB54: CVI 0 : CVI source is not available. 1 : CVI source is available. OB53: SVHS2 0 : SVHS2 source is not available.
Option Byte 6 (OP6) OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING 0 : Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Personal Zapping feature is enabled. OB66: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB65: FM TRAP 0 : FM Trap is not present. 1 : FM Trap is present. Note: Only for LATAM region. OB64: COMBFILTER 0 : 3D-combfilter is not present. 1 : 3D-combfilter is present. OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL 0 : Active Control feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Active Control feature is enabled. OB62: VIDEO TEXT 0 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is enabled. Note: For EU only. OB61: LIGHT SENSOR 0 : Light sensor feature is disabled or not applicable. 1 : Light sensor feature is enabled. OB60: DUAL TEXT 0 : Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are disabled or not applicable. 1: Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are enabled. Option Byte 7 (OP7) OB77: TIME WIN1 00 : The time window is set to 1.2 s. 01 : The time window is set to 2 s. Note :The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting. OB76: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB75: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB74: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB73: Reserved Default setting is 0. OB72 Reserved Default setting is 0. OB71 Reserved Default setting is 0. OB70: Reserved Default setting is 0.
Alignments
8.3.2 Tuner Note: Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (item 7601) is replaced. IF PLL This adjustment is auto-aligned. Therefore, no action is required. AGC (AGC take over point) 1. Set the external pattern generator to a color bar video signal and connect the RF output to aerial input. Set amplitude to 10 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz (channel 3). 2. Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main panel). 3. Activate the SAM. 4. Go to the TUNER sub menu. 5. Select AGC with the UP/DOWN cursor keys. 6. Adjust the AGC-value with the LEFT/ RIGHT cursor keys until the voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies between 3.8 and 2.3 V (default value is 20). 7. Switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the alignments. CL (Cathode drive level) Always set to 5. 8.3.3 White Tone In the WHITE TONE sub menu, the values of the black cut off level can be adjusted. Normally, no alignment is needed, and you can use the given default values. The color temperature mode (NORMAL, COOL and WARM) and the color (R, G, and B) can be selected with the UP/DOWN RIGHT/LEFT cursor keys. The value can be changed with the LEFT/RIGHT cursor keys. First, select the values for the NORMAL color temperature. Then select the values for the COOL and WARM mode. After alignment, switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the alignments. Default settings: NORMAL: NORMAL R= 26 NORMAL G= 32 NORMAL B= 27 COOL: DELTA COOL R= -3 DELTA COOL G= 0 DELTA COOL B= 5 WARM: DELTA WARM R= 2 DELTA WARM G= 0 DELTA WARM B= -6 8.3.4 Geometry
L04L AA
8.
EN 79
The geometry alignments menu contains several items to align the set, in order to obtain correct picture geometry.
VERT. SLOPE
VERT. SHIFT
VERT. AMPLITUDE
V.S-CORRECTION
HOR. SHIFT
HOR. AMPLITUDE
E/W PARABOLE
UPPER E/W CORNER
LOWER E/W CORNER
10
E/W TRAPEZIUM
11
HOR. PARALLELOGRAM
12
HOR. BOW
E_06532_010.eps 110204
Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments 1. Connect an external video pattern generator to the aerial input of the TV-set and input a crosshatch test pattern. Set the generator amplitude to at least 1 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz (channel 3). 2. Set 'Smart Picture' to NATURAL (or MOVIES). 3. Activate the SAM menu (see chapter 5 Service Modes, ...). 4. Go to the GEOMETRY sub menu. 5. Choose HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL alignment.
EN 80
8.
L04L AA
Alignments
8.3.5 Audio No alignments are needed for the audio sub menu. Use the given default values. QSS (Quasi Split Sound) For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for APNTSC): set to On. For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM): set to On. For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC): set to Off. FMI (Freq. Modulation Intercarrier) For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for APNTSC): set to On. For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM): set to Off. For dBx/non-dBx sound systems: set to On. NICAM Alignment For sets with NICAM/2CS (EU/AP, except for AP-NTSC) sound system: set to 79. For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC): set to 63.
Now the following alignments can be performed: Horizontal Horizontal Parallelogram (HP). Align straight vertical lines in the top and the bottom; vertical rotation around the center. Horizontal Bow (HB). Align straight horizontal lines in the top and the bottom; horizontal rotation around the center. Horizontal Shift (HSH). Align the horizontal center of the picture to the horizontal center of the CRT. East West Width (EWW). Align the picture width until the complete test pattern is visible. East West Parabola (EWP). Align straight vertical lines at the sides of the screen. Upper Corner Parabola (UCP). Align straight vertical lines in the upper corners of the screen. Lower Corner Parabola (LCP). Align straight vertical lines in the lower corners of the screen. East West Trapezium (EWT). Align straight vertical lines in the middle of the screen. H60 (Delta HSH for 60Hz, if present). Align straight horizontal lines if NTSC system is used (60 Hz) i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz). Default value is 9. Vertical Service blanking (SBL). Switch the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment). Vertical Shift (VSH). Align the vertical centering so that the test pattern is located vertically in the middle. Repeat the 'vertical amplitude' alignment if necessary. Vertical slope (VS). Align the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT. This is the first of the vertical alignments to perform. For an easy alignment, set SBL to on. Vertical Amplitude (VAM). Align the vertical amplitude so that the complete test pattern is visible. Vertical S-Correction (VSC). Align the vertical linearity, meaning that vertical intervals of a grid pattern must be equal over the entire screen height. Vertical Zoom (VX, if present). The vertical zoom is added in for the purpose of development. It helps the designer to set proper values for the movie expand or movie(16x9) compress. Default value is 25. V60 (Delta VAM for 60Hz, if present). Align straight vertical lines if NTSC system (60 Hz) is used i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz). Default value is -2. In the next table, you will find the GEOMETRY default values for the different sets. Table 8-4 Default geometry values 28PW6441 28PW6542 32PW6542 Alignment
25PT5541
29PT4641
HP (Horizontal parallelogram) HB (Horizontal Bow) HSH (Horizontal shift) EWW (EW width) EWP (EW parabola width) EWT (EW trapezium)
31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 26 26 26 26 26 26 37 37 37 37 37 37 10 10 10 10 10 10 26 26 26 26 26 26
UCP (EW upper corner parabola) 30 30 30 30 30 30 LCP (EW lower corner parabola) 40 40 40 40 40 40 VS (Vertical slope) VSH (Vertical Shift) VAM (Vertical amplitude) VSC (Vertical S-Correction) 37 37 37 37 37 37 26 26 26 26 26 26 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 18 27 16
29PT5642
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets
L04L AA
9.
EN 81
9. Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter: 1. Introduction 2. Power Supply 3. Deflection 4. Control 5. Tuner and IF 6. Source Selection 7. Audio 8. Video 9. Abbreviations 10. IC Data Sheets Notes: Only new circuits compared to the L01.1 chassis are described in this chapter. For the other circuit descriptions, see the manual of the L01.1 chassis. Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions. For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions, please use the diagrams in sections Block Diagrams, ..., and/or Electrical Diagrams. Where necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification. Control, small signal, mono/stereo, and extensive Audio/ Video switching in one IC. Upgrade with digital sound & video processing. Alignment free IF, including SECAM-L/L1 and AM (depends on region). FM sound 4.5/5.5/6.0/6.5, no traps/bandpass filters. Full multi-standard color decoder. One Xtal reference for all functions (microprocessor, RCP, TXT/CC, RDS, color decoder, and stereo sound processor).
The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display. The main tuning system uses a tuner, a microcomputer, and a memory IC mounted on the main panel. The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC, the customer keyboard, remote receiver, tuner, signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus. The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations, customer-preferred settings, and service / factory data. The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal. The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source. The chassis has a 'hot' ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis.
9.1
Introduction
The "L04" chassis is a global TV chassis for the model year 2004 and is used for TV sets with large screen sizes (from 21 to 36 inch), in Super Flat and Real Flat executions (both in 4:3 and 16:9 variants). There are three types of CRT namely the 100 degrees, 110 degrees and Wide Screen CRT. The 100 deg. 4:3 CRT is raster-correction-free and does not need East/West Correction (except when used in AP regions), therefore the corrections needed are Horizontal Shift, Vertical Slope, Vertical Amplitude, Vertical SCorrection, Vertical Shift, and Vertical Zoom for geometry corrections. The 110 deg. 4:3 CRT comes with East/West Correction. In addition to the parameter mentioned above, it also needs the Horizontal Parallelogram, Horizontal Bow, Horizontal Shift, East/West Width, East/West Parabola, East/West Upper and Lower Corners, and East/West Trapezium correction. The Wide Screen TV sets have all the correction of the 110 deg. 4:3 CRTs and also have additional picture format like the 4:3 format, 16:9, 14:9, 16:9 zoom, subtitle zoom, and the Super-Wide picture format. In comparison to its predecessor (the L01.1), this chassis is has the following (new) features: Audio: The sound processor is part of the UOC processor (called Hercules). Video: Enhanced video features, video drivers, and Active Control. Control: Comparable to L01.1 (e.g. Dual clock, I/O mapping, I/O switching). Power Supply: Adapted to supply the Hercules IC, and to enable 0.5 W Standby power dissipation. Also provisions are made for future extensions like DVD and iDTV. The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called "family board"), a Picture Tube panel, a Side I/O panel, and a Top Control panel. The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part. The functions for video/audio processing, microprocessor (P), and CC/Teletext (TXT) decoder are all combined in one IC (TDA1200x, item 7200), the so-called third generation Ultimate One Chip (UOC-III) or Hercules. This chip is mounted on the solder side of the main panel, and has the following features:
9.2
9.2.1
Power Supply
Block Diagram
Vbatt (to deflection & DVD interface board) -Vaudio
SWITCH
FILTER& MH coil
RECTIFIER
MAIN SMPS
+Vaudio
+6V (from AUX SMPS for Stdby feedback) Stdby_Con (from HERCULES)
Degaussing Supply (V_DG) Derived from =Vaudio
RELAY
Power_Down (to HERCULES) DEGAUSS AUX SMPS +3V (to derive HERCULES supply 1.8V) +6V (to derive HERCULES & TUNER) supply +5V & +3.3V) Vaux (for IDTV) B (connected to HERCULES port B to switch ON/OFF Vaux)
E_14480_072.eps 200204
Figure 9-1 Block diagram power supply Stdby_con signal The Hercules generates this signal. This line is logic low (0 V) under normal operation and in semi-Standby of the TV, and is high (3.3 V) during Standby. Power_down signal The AUX SMPS generates this signal. It is logic high (3 .3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes low (0 V) when the AC power (or Mains) input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac. B (Hercules port) This port is used to switch the AUX SMPS output V_aux On/ Off. This is required for DVD and iDTV (for future extensions).
EN 82
9.2.2
9.
L04L AA
Timing Diagrams Power ON - To Standby - Out of Standby - Power OFF
To Standby Power ON Normal Standby mode
Out of Standby Normal
Power off Perform hard-reset
3, 3.3, 6V POWER_DOWN STDBY
+1V8 EXT.
Stdby_con Vbat, Vaudio
STB bit
VT_supply
+5V PIP Supplies B
10mS
Closed Relay status 1s(ref) 200ms 2s(ref) 100ms(ref) Open 800ms 200ms 2s(ref) 20ms(ref) 10ms(ref 10ms(ref)
E_14480_073.eps 200204
Figure 9-2 Timing diagram Standby Power ON - To Semi Standby - Out of Semi Standby - Power OFF
Power O N
To Semi Standby Normal Semi Standby
Out of Semi Standby Normal
Power OFF
understar_up t Perform sequence for details. Hard-reset
3, 3.3, 6V
STDBY
+1V8 ext
Stdby_con
Vbat, Vaudio
STB bit
VT_supply
+5V PIP Supplies B
10mS
Closed Relay status 1s(ref) 200ms 2s(ref) Open 800ms 20ms (ref) 10ms(ref) 10ms(ref)
E_14480_074.eps 200204
Figure 9-3 Timing diagram Semi Standby

9.2.3 Startup Sequence When the set is connected to the AC power, the rectified line voltage (via winding 4-5 of L5531 connected to pin 14 of IC7531) will start the internal voltage source to charge the V_cc capacitor (C2532). The IC starts to switch as soon as the V_cc reaches the V_cc start level of 9.5 V. This supply is automatically taken over by winding 1-2, as soon as the V_cc is high enough, and the internal supply source will stop (for high efficiency switching). Table 9-1 Pinning overview TEA1523 9.3.1
Pin 2 3 Symbol Gnd V_cc Description This pin is Ground of the IC. This pin is connected to the supply voltage. An internal current charges the V_cc capacitor (2532), and the start-up sequence is initiated when this voltage reaches a level of 9.5 V. Note: The output power is disabled when the voltage gets below 9 V (UVLO). Operating range is between 0 to 40 V. Frequency setting This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin contains two functions: 1) Between 1 to 1.425 V it controls the "on" time. 2) Above the threshold of 3.5 V, it is possible to initiate "burst mode" standby. This pin is connected to the V_cc winding of 5531. It has three functions: 1) During Magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP. 2) During demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) A comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when output is overloaded. This pin contains three different functions.: 1) Dectection of soft start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP. This pin is connected to the drain of the switch or center tap of the transformer. It contains three functions: 1) M-level (mainsdependent operation-enabling level), 2) Supply for start-up current, and 3) Valley detection.
L04L AA
9.
EN 83
Table 9-3 PSU voltage overview

Voltage V_batt V_audio +6V +3V Stdby_con Normal operation 130 - 143 V +/- 15.5 V 6V 3V 0V Stdby mode 0V 0V 6V 3V 3.3 V
9.3
Deflection
Synchronization Before the Hercules (IC7200) can generate horizontal drive pulses, the +3.3V supply voltages must be present. After the start up command of the microprocessor (via I2C), the Hercules outputs the horizontal pulses. These horizontal pulses begin initially with double line frequency and then change gradually to line frequency in order to limit the current in the line stage (slow-start). The VDRA and VDRB signals are the balanced output currents (sawtooth shaped) of the frame oscillator (pins 106 and 107 of the Hercules). These output signals are balanced, so they are less sensitive to disturbances. There is a current source inside the UOC at pin 102. This pumps energy in the capacitor connected to this pin producing a pure saw tooth. The vertical drive signals and the E/W correction signal are derived. Pin 108 is the East-West drive (or AVL), and it is a single ended current output. The correction for horizontal width for changed EHT from this pin is available by setting the HCO bit to 1. The Phase-2 Compensation available at pin 113 gives frame correction for high beam currents. The phase compensation signal is used to correct the phase of the picture from the horizontal drive signal. Pin 63 is the SANDCASTLE output (contains all sync info) and also HORIZONTAL FLYBACK (HFB) input. Pin 97 is the EHT tracking/over-voltage protection pin. The HCO bit can switch on the tracking on EW. If the voltage at pin 97 exceeds 3.9 V, the over-voltage protection will be activated and the horizontal drive is switched off via a slow stop.
5 6
RC REG
11
Demag
12 14
Sense Drain
As C2532 of IC7531 is charged, it will also start to charge the V_cc capacitor (C2511) of IC7511. Via resistor R3519 and C2511, the TEA1506 starts to switch as soon as the V_cc voltage reaches the V_cc start level of is about 11 V. The V_cc voltage is automatically taken over by the main transformer L5512 (winding 2-3) when the V_cc is high enough (when this voltage is even higher than the voltage on C2511, there is no current flow from C2532 to C2511 due to diode D6512). Table 9-2 Pinning overview TEA1506
Pin 2 Symbol Vcc Description This pin is connected to the supply voltage. When this voltage is high (Vcc_start level, about 11 V), the IC will start switching. When the voltage is lower than Vcc_uvlo (about 8.7 V), the IC will stop switching.Note: This pin is not self supplied by internal source like in TEA1507 This pin is Ground of the IC. This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin will control the "on" time between 1 V to 1.5 V. This pin is connected to the Vcc winding of 5512. It contains three functions: 1) During magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP, 2) During demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) a comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when the output is overloaded. This pin contains three different functions: 1) dectection of soft start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP. This pin will drive the (MOSFET) switch. This is High Volt Spacer (n.a.) Connected to the Drain of the external MOSFET switch, this is the input for valley sensing and initial internal supply.
9.3.2
Horizontal Deflection There are several executions (depending on the CRT): Sets with no East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on the quasi-diode modulation circuit. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT. Sets with East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with east-west correction. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT. Sets with dynamic East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with dynamic east-west correction for picture tubes with inner pincushion. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT. Basic Principle During a scan period, either the Line Transistor or diode(s) conduct to ensure a constant voltage over the deflection coil (that results in a linear current). During the flyback period, the Line Transistor stops conducting, and the flyback capacitor(s) together with the inductance of the deflection coil creates oscillation.
3 6 7
Gnd Ctrl Demag
9 11 12 14
Sense Driver HVS Drain
9.2.4
Standby Mode In this mode, IC7511 (TEA1506) will be totally disabled. So there is no voltage on the main transformer output. But IC7531 (TEA1523) will still work and will provide the necessary output voltages (6V -> 5V, 3.3V, 3V -> 1.8V) to the Hercules (IC7200).
EN 84
9.
L04L AA

frequency) taken from the line aux output. Then a series of width-modulated pulses is formed via two inverted phase amplifiers, filtered by an inductor, which then directly drive the diode modulated line circuit. East-West Correction To achieve a good geometry, dynamic S-correction is needed. The design is such that the tube/yoke needs East-West correction. Besides that, an inner pincushion is present after East-West correction. The line deflection is modulated with a parabolic voltage (frame frequency). In this way it is not so much at top and bottom, and much more in the middle. Upon entering the picture geometry menu in the SAM mode, the following corrections will be displayed. EWW: East West Width. EWP: East West Parabola. UCP: Upper Corner Parabola. LCP: Lower Corner Parabola. EWT: East West Trapezium. The East-West drive circuit realizes them all. The settings can be changed by a remote control. All changed data will be stored into the NVM after the geometry alignment. Panorama For Wide Screen sets, the S-correction of the picture has to adapt between the different picture modes. In particular, between 16:9 Wide Screen and 4:3 picture modes. This is achieved with the (separate) Panorama circuit (see diagram G). A signal (I2SDI1) from the UOC controls the state of TS7463. When in the normal 16:9 Wide Screen mode, the signal is low and therefore TS7463 is switched off. When the 4:3 mode is selected, this signal from the UOC is pulled high, switching TS7463 on. The relay 1463 on the Panorama panel is subsequently turned on and, in effect, paralleling capacitor C2475/C2474 to the S-Cap C2469/ C2470. This changes the overall effective S-correction. The relay is switched on in 4:3 and Superwide picture modes. 9.3.3 Auxiliary Voltages The horizontal deflection provides various auxiliary voltages derived either directly or indirectly from the secondary pins of the LOT: +9V: This supplies the Herculess flyback driver. +11V: This supplies the frame amplifier. -12V: This supplies the frame amplifier. 50V: This supplies the frame amplifier. Filament: This supplies the heater pins of the picture tube. VideoSupply (+200V from primary side of LOT): This supplies the RGB amplifier and Scavem circuit at the CRT panel. Notes: The V_T voltage (to tuner) is drawn from V_batt. The EHT voltage is generated by the Line Output Transformer (LOT). The Focus and Vg2 voltages are created with two potentiometers integrated in the transformer. 9.3.4 Beam Current The beam current is adjusted with R3451 and R3452. The components R3473, R3453 and C2451 determine the EHT_info characteristic. The voltage across C2412 varies when the beam current changes. This EHT_info is used to compensate the picture geometry via pin 97 of the Hercules when the picture changes rapidly, and compensate the phase 2 loop via pin 113 of the Hercules. Also from the EHT_info line, a BCL signal is derived and sent to the Hercules for controlling the pictures contrast and brightness.
First Part of Scan Pin 62 of the UOC delivers the horizontal drive signal for the Line Output stage. This signal is a square pulse of line frequency. L5402 is the flyback drive transformer. This transformer de-couples the line output stage from the UOC. It has a direct polarization. The flyback drive circuit works with the start-up supply taken from +6V of the Aux supply (and subsequently taking from VlotAux+9V). When the H-drive is high, TS7404 conducts, and transformer L5402 starts to store energy. The base of the line transistor TS7405 is low and therefore blocks. The current in the deflection coil returns from diode D6404. Second Part of Scan When the H-drive is low, TS7404 does not conduct, and the energy that is stored in the transformer will transfer to the secondary, making the base of the Line Transistor high. Then the Line Transistor starts to conduct. The current in the deflection coil returns from the transistor in another direction. Flyback At the moment the H-drive becomes high, the base of the Line Transistor becomes low. Both the Line Transistor and the Flyback Diode will block. There is an oscillation between the flyback capacitor C2412 and the deflection coil. Because of the inductance of the LOT, the Line Transistor cannot stop conducting immediately. After the Line Transistor is out of conduction, the flyback pulse is created. The flyback capacitor charges until the current in the deflection coil reduce to zero. Then it discharges through the deflection coil and the deflection current increases from the other direction. The flyback diode conducts and is back to the first part of the scan. Linearity Correction Because the deflection coil has a certain resistance, a picture without any linearity issues cannot be expected. L5401 is the linearity coil to compensate for this resistance. It is a coil with a pre-magnetized core. This correction is called linearity correction. Horizontal S-Correction Because the electronic beam needs to travel a longer distance to both sides of the screen than the center, the middle of the screen would become narrower than both sides. To prevent this, a parabolic voltage is applied across the deflection coil during scan. To create this parabolic voltage, a capacitor called S-cap (C2417/C2418) is used as a voltage source during scan. The sawtooth current of the deflection through this capacitor creates the required parabolic voltage. This correction is called S-Correction. Mannheim-Circuit When the EHT is heavily loaded with a bright line, the flyback time can be increased a bit in this situation. As a result, the scan delays a bit causing a DC-shift to the right in the next line, which would create a small spike on the S-cap. This spike oscillates with the inductance of the deflection coil and the primary of LOT. The result is visible in vertical lines under horizontal white line. This is called the Mannheim-effect. To prevent this from happening, a circuit called Mannheimcircuit is added. This consists of C2415, R3404, R3417 and D6406. During the scan, C2415 is charged via R3417. During the flyback, the S-correction parabola across the S-Cap C2417/C2418 is in its most negative, and D6406 conducts. Thus, C2415 is switched in parallel to C2417/C2418 during flyback. As C2415 is much larger than C2417/C2418, the voltage across C2415 reduces the Mannheim-effect oscillation. Class D East-West Driver To reduce the power loss of the normal used linear East-West amplifier, a class-D East-West circuit is used. To achieve this, the East-West parabola waveform EW_DRIVE from the Hercules (frame frequency) is sampled with a saw tooth (line

When the picture content becomes brighter, it will introduce: Geometry distortion due to the impedance of the LOT causing the EHT to drop. Picture blooming due to the picture characteristics Because of the above mentioned, we will need a circuit for Beam Current Limiter (BCL) and EHT compensation (EHT_info). These two circuits derive the signal from the picture tube current info through LOT pin 10. BCL When the BCL pin voltage goes to 2.8 V, the Hercules will start to limit CONTRAST gain. When it reaches 1.7 V, then the BRIGHTNESS gain limit will start to react. When BCL pin voltage goes to 0.8 V, the RGB will be blanked. Components TS7483, R3490, R3491, R3492, and C2483 are for fast beam current limiting (e.g. with a Black-to-White pattern). Components R3454, D6451, D6450, C2453, R3493, and C2230 are for average beam current limiting. C2453 and R3493 also control the timing where average beam current limiting is more active or less active. EHT_info The PHI2 correction is to correct the storage time deviation of the Line Output Transistor, which is causing geometry distortion due to brightness change. Line EHT_info is to correct the geometry distortion due to EHT deviation. Both of them feedback through the EHTO and PH2LF pin, and correct the geometry through the East-West circuit. Power Down The power down connection is for EHT discharge during AC Power Off state. In the Hercules, if EHT_info > 3.9 V, it will trigger the X-ray protection circuit via a 2fH soft stop sequence. The Hercules bits OSO (Switch Off in Vertical Over scan) and FBC (Fixed Beam Current Switch Off) will discharge the EHT with 1mA cathode current at over-scan position. During switch-off, the H_out frequency is doubled immediately and the duty cycle is set to 25% fixed, during 43 ms. The RGB outputs are driven high to get a controlled discharge of the picture tube with 1 mA during 38 ms. This will decrease the EHT to about half the nominal value (= safety requirement). When bit OSO is set, the white spot/flash during switch-off will be written in overscan and thus will not be visible on the screen. Careful application must guarantee that the vertical deflection stays operational until the end of the discharge period. 9.3.5 DAF The Dynamic Astigmatic Focus (DAF) circuit is required by 34RF sets only (depends on region). It provides vertical DAF and horizontal DAF. Both of the parabola signals are derived through integration by using chassis available signals: The vertical parabola is using RC integration (via R3403 and C2401) on the Frame sensing resistor saw tooth (Frame_FB). The horizontal parabola is obtained by 2 RC integration (R3409, R3410, C2402, C2403) on the +9V LOT output. Both of the parabolas are added on the output stage through adder TS7402 and TS7403. The collector of TS7402 emitterdrives TS7401 and is amplified by pull up resistor R3411. D6401 and C2405 provide the rectified supply voltage. 9.3.6 X-ray Protection The X-ray protection circuit rectifies the filament voltage and uses it to trigger TS7481 when the EHT is too high. TS7481 is biased at off condition by D6480, R3482, and R3483 during
L04L AA
9.
EN 85
normal operation. When the EHT goes too high, the voltage across R3482 will tend to increase as well, while the voltage across D6481 is fixed. Up to certain level (triggering point), TS7481 will be on and will force the EHT_info > 3.9 V. The chassis will be shut down through a soft stop sequence. 9.3.7 Vertical Deflection The Frame stage consists fully of discrete components. This has the advantage for better flash behavior than when an IC was used. The Frame differential drive signal from the Hercules comes from a current source. Resistors R3460 and R3461 convert them into a voltage, and feed them into the differential amplifier TS7455 and TS7456. The output of TS7456 is input to the next amplification stage of TS7452. Finally, TS7451 and TS7453 deliver the Vertical yoke current to the coil and feedback through the sensing resistors R3471 and R3472. D6458 and TS7454 are used to bias TS7451 and TS7453, to get rid of zero crossovers, which can cause horizontal lines at the screen center. The negative supply is from -12V and the positive scanning supply is from +12V through D6459. The flyback supply is derived from D6455, D6456 and C2456. This circuit is a voltage doubler, which stores energy in C2456 during the Line flyback period and delivers the energy to C2465 during the Line scanning period. Throughout the Frame period, the charging and discharging of C2456 works alternatively. However, at the first half of the Frame scanning, TS7451 is on and consumes all the charge from C2456. When entering 2nd half Frame period, TS7451 is off, so C2456 will gradually charge up to the required flyback supply. C2463, R3464 and D6457 are for boosting the base voltage of TS7451 during the flyback period and the 1st half Frame period as well. C2463 is charged by D6457 during the 2nd half scanning. R3467 and R3468 are for oscillation damping. The V_guard protection is to protect the Frame stage if a fault condition happens. The V_guard will sense the pulse with voltage > 3.8 V and period < 900 us. Any signal out of this range will be considered as fault, and the chassis will be shut down. 9.3.8 Tilt and Rotation The rotation control signal is a PWM output from the UOC. It is filtered by R3252, R3246, R3259 and C2259. The DC voltage after filtering at C2259 will be amplified by R3245 (Main Board) and R3390 (CRT panel). The output stage functions similarly as in L01.1 with rotation IC TDA8941P. TS7331/TS7382 and TS7332/TS7381 will function alternatively corresponding to the rotation setting. 9.3.9 CRT panel The RGB amplifier stage is exactly the same as in L01.1. However, the RGB amplifier IC has been changed to TDA6107AJF or TDA6108AJF. The A indication is with gain of 80 rather than 50 in L01.1. The diode D6332 used in the former chassis, to solve the bright screen during start up, is not required because this IC has the error correction implemented. Scavem In certain versions, the Scavem feature is used to enhance the sharpness of the picture. The RGB signals are first differentiated and subsequently amplified before feeding to an auxiliary coil known as the SVM coil. The current, flowing through the SVM coil during the picture intensity transients, modulates the deflection field and thus the scan velocity.
EN 86
9.
L04L AA

9.4.2 Basic Specification The Micro Controller operates at the following supply voltages: +3.3 V_dc at pins 33, 125, and 19. +1.8 V_dc at pins 126, 36, and 33. I2C pull up supply: +3.3V_dc. 9.4.3 Pin Configuration and Functionality The ports of the Micro Controller can be configured as follows: A normal input port. An input ADC port. An output Open Drain port. An output Push-Pull port. An output PWM port. Input/Output Port The following table shows the ports used for the L04 control: Table 9-4 Micro Controller ports overview
Pin Name Description IR PWRDOWN LED (for future use) (for future use) SEL_SC2_INTERFACE/ SDM (for future use) Panorama Write Protect SCL SDA VOL_MUTE ROTATION SEL_LL'/M STANDBY_CON Light Sensor (for future use) (for future use) KEYBOARD A (for future use) B (for future use) C (for future use) E (for future use) D (for future use) Configuration INT0 INT1 P1.1 P0.2 P0.1 P0.0 P1.3 SCL SDA P2.0 PWM0 P2.2 P2.3 ADC0 ADC3 P2.4 P2.5 INT2 -
During the first half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity is increased (thus decreasing the current density by spreading it on a wider area). During the second half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity is decreased (increasing the current density by concentrating it on a smaller area). The increasing current density transition is sharpened. A decreasing current density transition is processed in a similar way and is also sharpened. In this chassis the SCAVEM signal is different from its predecessor because the Hercules generates the differential SCAVEM signal inside the IC. The supply of the SCAVEM is taken from V_bat through a 1k5 / 5 W resistor. Compared with the L01.1, this has the advantage of getting better performance for the pattern with tremendous SCAVEM current (like V_sweep). In this former chassis, because the supply was taken from the 200 V through a 8k2 / 5 W resistor, the supply dropped significantly during a large SCAVEM current. In this chassis, the drop due to the pattern will be less because of the lower supply voltage impedance. In the Main Board, 1st stage amplification is taken care by 7208 with the pull up resistors (3361, 3387) located in the CRT panel. TS7361 and TS7362 is the current buffer delivering the current to the output stage. The diode D6361 is to lightly bias these transistors, to get rid of the zero crossover of the stage. After that, the signal is ac-coupled to TS7363 and TS7364 where the emitter resistors (R3364 and R3370) will determine the final SCAVEM current. TS7363 and TS7364 are biased by R3363, R3366, R3367 and R3368. C2387, R3388, R3389, R3365, R3369, C2384, and C2385 are used for suppressing unwanted oscillations. The function of TS7376 is to limit the SCAVEM current from going too high. It basically senses the voltage after R3373 and clamps the SCAVEM signal through D6367 and C2376.
32 31 30 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 10 9 7 6 3 2 1
INT0/ P0.5 P1.0/ INT1 P1.1/ T0 P0.4/ I2SWS P0.3/ I2SCLK P0.2/ I2SDO2 P0.1/ I2SDO1 P0.0/ I2SDI/O P1.3/ T1 P1.6/ SCL P1.7/ SDA P2.0/ TPWM P2.1/ PWM0 P2.2/ PWM1 P2.3/ PWM2 P3.0/ ADC0 P3.1/ ADC1 P3.2/ ADC2 P3.3/ ADC3 P2.4/ PWM3 P2.5/ PWM4 P1.2/ INT2 P1.4/ RX P1.5/ TX
9.4
Control
The Micro Controller is integrated with the Video Processor, and is called the Hercules. For dynamic data storage, such as SMART PICTURE and SMART SOUND settings, an external NVM IC is being used. Another feature includes an optional Teletext/Closed Caption decoder with the possibility of different page storage depending on the Hercules type number. The Micro Controller ranges in ROM from 128 kB with no TXTdecoder to 128 kB with a 10 page Teletext or with Closed Caption.
9.4.1
Block Diagram The block diagram of the Micro Controller application is shown below.
Power Supply
Keyboard/Protection Circuit Video Mono Audio Proc. Audio Amp. Monitor output Light sensor LED IR
Stby_Con Power Good Keyboard/Protection input Volume/Mute/Treble/Bass/Panorama output Light sensor LED IR
Write Protect
The description of each functional pin is explained below: LED. This signal is used as an indication for the Standby, Remote and Error Indicator. Region diversity: During protection mode, the LED blinks and the set is in standby mode. During error conditions it blinks at a predefined rate. After receiving a valid RC-5 or local keyboard command it flashes once. For sets with error message indication, the LED blinks when message is active and the set is in standby mode. Table 9-5 LED signal diversity
LED Europe LED brighter LED dimmer Standby Normal AP/ LATAM LED "off" Normal NAFTA Normal Standby LED "off"
HERCULES Micro Controller
NVM ST24C16W6 IIC Data Lines LTI\CTI
0 1
LED lighted Standby LED lighted
Horizontal Pulse TUNER DEFLECTION

E_14480_070.eps 200204
Figure 9-4 Micro Controller block diagram
SCL. This is the clock wire of the two-wire single master bidirectional I2C bus. SDA. This is the data wire of the two-wire single master bidirectional I2C bus. STDBY_CON. The Hercules generates this signal. This can enable the MAIN SMPS in normal operation and disable it during Standby. It is of logic low (0 V) under normal operation and high (3.3 V) during Standby.

IR. This input pin is connected to an RC5 remote control receiver. SEL-IF-LL/ M-TRAP. For AP: All L04 AP sets are Multi System QSS set. This is an output pin to switch the Video SAW filter between M system and other systems. 0: NTSC M (default) 1: PAL B/G, DK, I, L Write Protect. The global protection line is used to enable and disable write protection to the NVM. When write to the NVM is required, pin 7 of the NVM must be pulled to logic 0 first (via Write_Protect of the micro-controller pin) before a write is performed. Otherwise pin 7 of NVM must always be at logic 1 0: Disabled 1: Enabled (default) Mute. This pin is use to MUTE the audio amplifier. It is configured as push pull. Rotation. This pin is configured as PWM for the Rotation feature. The output of the PWM is proportional to the feature control. Light Sensor. This pin is configured as ADC input for the Light Sensor. Sel_SC2_Interface. This pin is use to switch between the SC2_CVBS_OUT and the INTF_CVBS_OUT for the SCART_2_CVBS_OUT/ MONITOR_OUT signal. 0: Hercules CVBS Output (default) 1: Interface CVBS Output PWRDOWN. The AUX SMPS generates this signal. Logic high (3.3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes low (0 V) when the Mains input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac. Keyboard. Following are the Keyboard functions and the step values (8 bit) for it. 9.5.1
L04L AA
9.
EN 87
QSS versions with digital Second-Sound-IF SSIF (AM demodulator for free). FM mono operation possible: Inter-Carrier or QSS.
Diversity The following Tuners can be present (depending on the region and the set execution): Normal tuner without PIP. FM radio tuner without PIP. Normal tuner with PIP (main tuner with splitter). FM radio set with PIP (PIP tuner with splitter). The SAW filter used, depends on the application concept (whether it is a QSS concept or an Intercarrier): OFWM3953M for QSS Video. OFWK9656M for QSS Audio. OFWM1971M for Intercarrier.
9.5.2
Pin Assignments and Functionality Pin assignment of the Tuner: Table 9-7 Pinning Tuner
Pin Pin Description 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 RF-AGC FM Radio Input or N.C NC (Address Pin) SCL SDA N.C Tuning Supply Voltage TV IF Output DC Voltages 4V for Maximum Gain < 4V for Strong Signal Condition 0 to 3.3 V_dc 0 to 3.3 V_dc 5 V_dc +/- 0.25 V 30 to 35 V_dc -
6/7 Supply Voltage
Table 9-6 Local keyboard values

Function NAFTA Standby Ch + Exit Factory (Ch- and Vol-) Ch Menu (Vol - and Vol +) Vol DVD Eject Vol + Voltage (V_dc) 0 0.43 0.69 0.93 1.19 1.49 1.8 2.12 Step values (8 bit) 0-6 7 - 33 34 - 53 54 - 73 74 - 96 97 - 121 122 - 147 148 - 169
FM Radio IF Output/Ground -
Pin assignment of the several SAW filters (depends on region/ execution): Table 9-8 Pinning SAW filters
QSS Video Pin (item 1002) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Input Input Ground Ground Output Output QSS Video (item 1003) Input Input Ground Ground Output Output n.c. n.c. Ground Free Switching input QSS Audio (item 1001) Input Switching Input Ground Output Output Intercarrier (item 1002) Input Input Ground Ground Output Output -
SDM. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start, it will enter the SDM mode (for Service use). ISP. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start, it will enter the ISP mode (for Service use). PANEL. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during that, then it will enter to the PANEL mode. ResetEnabled. This is an output pin to switch the control transistor (pos. TS7202) high or low for the reset of 1.8 V in case there is a corruption in the Hercules.
The table below shows the switching behavior of SAW filter. Table 9-9 Switching behavior SAW filter
Condition High System M Low BG/DK/I/L
9.5
Tuner and IF
The tuner used in this chassis comes from two sources, from Philips and from Alps. Both tuner sources have the same pin configuration so they are 1 to 1 compatible except for the software, which will be selected by means of Option Settings. Some features: Multi-Standard alignment free PLL-IF, including SECAM L/L. Integrated IF-AGC time constant. Integrated sound band-passes and traps (4.5 / 5.5 / 6.0 / 6.5 MHz). Group delay compensation (for NTSC and for PAL).
Note: The logic level is measured at the base of transistor 7001.
EN 88
9.5.3
9.
L04L AA

Table 9-10 AV Source Select diversity
Pin 51 50 49 52 74 95 94 73 72 71 70 80 79 78 77 81 67 66 69 68 59 58 57 54 76 75 86 65 56 55 53 93 92 Symbol R/Pr IN3 G/Y IN3 B/Pb IN3 INSSW3 CVBS2/Y2 AUDIO IN5 L AUDIO IN5 R AUDIO IN3 L AUDIO IN3 R CVBS3/Y3 C2/C3 AUDIO IN4 L AUDIO IN4 R CVBS4/Y4 C4 IFVO/SVO/CVBSI AUD OUT HP L AUD OUT HP R AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT) AUD OUT LS R V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX) U IN (B/Pb IN2) Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx) U OUT (INSSW2) AUDIO IN2 L AUDIO IN2 R DVBO/IFVO/FMRO CVBSO/PIP Y SYNC Y OUT V OUT (SWO) AUD OUT S L AUD OUT S R N.C. PIP application 100 nF 100 nF N.C. N.C. N.C. Interface HP/ LS Out Monitor Out Side (SHVS) AV2 (SVHS) Remark AV1 (CVI)
Option Settings The option settings for the Tuner type can be found in Option setting 1 of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 1 are as follows: Option Byte 1 Bit 7: OP_PHILIPS_TUNER Bit 6: OP_FM_RADIO Bit 5: OP_LNA Bit 4: OP_ATS Bit 3: OP_ACI Bit 2: OP_UK_PNP Bit 1: OP_VIRGIN_MODE Bit 0: OP_CHINA For more details on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 Alignments.
9.6
Source Select
For this chassis, the audio/video source selection is controlled via the Hercules. The Audio/Video Source Select is one of the more complex functions due to its diversity and complex switching. The Audio/ Video Source Select comprises of the following components: The Hercules itself for Mono Audio and Video Source Selection. The HEF switch for Stereo Audio as well as Video Selection.
9.6.1
Options The option settings for the Source Selection can be found in Option settings of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 5 are as follows: Option Byte 5 Bit 7: AV1 Bit 6: AV2 Bit 5: AV3 Bit 4: CVI Bit 3: SVHS2 Bit 2: SVHS3 Bit 1: HOTEL MODE Bit 0: For more detail on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 Alignments.
Table 9-11 SCART Source Select diversity

Pin 51 50 49 52 74 86 95 94 93 92 71 70 81 73 72 67 66 80 79 78 77 69 68 59 58 57 54 76 75 65 56 55 53 Symbol R/Pr IN3 G/Y IN3 B/Pb IN3 INSSW3 CVBS2/Y2 DVBO/IFVO/FMRO AUDIO IN5 L AUDIO IN5 R AUD OUT S L AUD OUT S R CVBS3/Y3 C2/C3 IFVO/SVO/CVBSI AUDIO IN3 L AUDIO IN3 R AUD OUT HP L AUD OUT HP R AUDIO IN4 L AUDIO IN4 R CVBS4/Y4 C4 AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT) AUD OUT LS R V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX) U IN (B/Pb IN2) Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx) U OUT(INSSW2) AUDIO IN2 L AUDIO IN2 R CVBSO/PIP YSYNC YOUT VOUT(SWO) for PIP 100 nF 100 nF N.C. Interface LS/ HP/ MON OUT Side I/O SCART 2 Remark SCART 1
9.6.2
Diversity The basic diversity of the Audio/Video Source Select is between the Mono and the Stereo sets and the number of Cinch/SCARTs as specified in the product specification. The table below shows the Audio/Video Source Select diversity for all regions:

9.6.3 Audio Source Selection
L04L AA
9.
EN 89
NVM
The signals coming out of the DEMDEC (internal demodulator/ decoder block of the Hercules) are selectable and consist of the following (depending on the transmission): DEC L/R (Can be NICAM, FM 2CS, or BTSC Stereo). Mono (Refers to fallback/forced Mono in Stereo Transmission). SAP. For L04, the assigned I/O with respect to the Hercules is as follows: SCART1 or AV1 Input assigned to Audio In 5. SCART2 or AV2 Input assigned to Audio In 3. Side AV Input assigned to Audio In 4. External Interface Input assigned to Audio In 2. SCART1 Output (EU) assigned to SCART Output. SCART2 Output (EU) or Monitor Output (LA/NA/AP) assigned to Headphone Output. Constant Level Output assigned to Loudspeaker Output. 9.6.4 Video Source Selection Video source selection is done inside the Hercules. Therefore it provides a video switch with 3 external CVBS inputs and a CVBS output. All CVBS inputs can be used as Y-input for Y/C signals. However, only 2 Y/C sources can be selected because the circuit has 2 chroma inputs. All input signals are converted to YUV, and looped through an external interface. This to enable picture improvement features (like LTI/CTI) or PIP.
20 21 42,43 44 TUNER 49,50,51 RGB/CVI INPUT CRT
VI DEO SAW
24 25
HERCULES
53,54,55 57,58 59 SW LTI/CTI
AUDIO SAW
29,30 PIP/ DVD 86,81, 67,66 68,69 65
95,94,80,79, 78,77,76,75, 74,73,72,71,70
CVBS/AUDIO REAR/SIDE INPUT/OUTPUT MONITOR OUT
AUDIO AM P
E_14480_071.eps 200204
Figure 9-5 Video processing block diagram 9.7.3 LTI/CTI The TDA9178 is an I2C-bus controlled IC (INCREDIBLE chip) with YUV interface. This IC can do mainly histogram processing, color transient improvement (CTI) and line transient improvement (LTI). Luminance Vector Processing involves histogram function, which provides scene dependent contrast improvement, adaptive black and white point stretching. Color Vector Processing involves skin tone correction, green enhancement and blue stretch. Spectral Processor involves step improvement processing, contour processing, smart sharpness control, color dependant sharpness and Color Transient Improvement. Noise detector, feature mode detector and cue flash functions. Demonstration mode shows all the improvement features in one picture. Table 9-12 Pinning overview TDA9178
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Symbol SC n.c. ADEXT1 ADEXT2 ADEXT3 Y in ADR U in V in TP SCL n.c. n.c. SDA DECDIG V out U out V ee Y out V cc S out CF n.c. n.c. Description Sandcastle input pin Not connected pin External AD-conversion #1 input pin External AD-conversion #2 input pin External AD-conversion #3 input pin Luminance input pin Address selection input pin -(B-Y) signal input pin -(R-Y) signal input pin Testpin, connected to ground I2C-bus: clock input pin Not connected pin Not connected pin I2C-bus: data input pin Decoupling digital supply -(R-Y) signal output pin -(B-Y) signal output pin Ground pin Luminance output pin Supply-voltage pin Luminance output for SCAVEM Cue-flash output pin Not connected pin Not connected pin
9.7
Video Processing
The Video Processor is basically the Hercules and the TDA9178 (CTI/LTI). Video processing is done in these two chips such as the Brightness Control, Contrast Control and so on. Some features: Full YUV-loop interface (alternative functions: DVD, RGB or Y/C). Internal OSD insertion (not Saturation or Contrast controlled). Double window implementation. Linear / non linear scaling for 16:9 sets. Tint (hue) on UV signals (including DVD). Peaking, Coring, Black \ Blue \ White-stretch. Transfer-Ratio and Scavem (also on TXT).
9.7.1
Features The features included in the Hercules are as follows: Brightness Control. Contrast Control. Saturation Control. Sharpness Control. Peak White Limiter. Beam Current Limiter. Black Stretch (Contrast Plus). For sets with the TDA9178, there are two extra features: Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI). Color Transient Improvement (CTI).
9.7.2
Block Diagram Following diagram is the block diagram of the video processing part:
EN 90
9.7.4
9.
L04L AA

For the case of NAFTA and LATAM, there is only one transmission standard, which is the M standard. The diversity then will be based on whether it has a dBx noise reduction or a Non-dBx (no dBx noise reduction). For the case of AP, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/M for a Multi-System set. The diversity here will then depends on the region. AP China can have a Multi-System and I/DK version. For India, it might only be BG standard.
Options The option settings allow for process of the video as per set specification. The option settings can be found in Option 2 and Option 6 in the SAM mode. The option settings are as follows: Option Byte 2 Bit 7: Bit 6 :OP_GREEN_UI Bit 5: OP_CHANNEL_NAMING, Bit 4: OP_LTI, Bit 3: OP_TILT, Bit 2: OP_FINE_TUNING Bit 1: OP_PIP_PHILIPS_TUNER, Bit 0: OP_HUE, Option Byte 6 Bit 7: OP_PERSONAL_ZAPPING, Bit 6: Bit 5: OP_FMTRAP Bit 4: OP_COMBFILTER Bit 3: OP_ACTIVE_CONTROL Bit 2: OP_VIDEO_TEXT Bit 1 :OP_LIGHT_SENSOR, Bit 0: OP_DUAL_TEXT For more details on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 Alignments.
9.8.2
Functionality The features available in the Hercules are as follows: Treble and Bass Control. Surround Sound Effect that includes: Incredible Stereo. Incredible Mono. 3D Sound (not for AV Stereo). TruSurround (not for AV Stereo). Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS422 (not for AV Stereo). Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS423 (not for AV Stereo). Dolby Pro-Logic (not for AV Stereo). Bass Feature that includes: Dynamic Ultra-Bass. Dynamic Bass Enhancement. BBE (not for AV Stereo). Auto-Volume Leveler. 5 Band Equalizer. Loudness Control. All the features stated are available for the Full Stereo versions and limited features for the AV Stereo
9.8
Audio Processing
The audio decoding is done entirely via the Hercules. The IF output from the Tuner is fed directly to either the Video-IF or the Sound-IF input depending on the type of concept chosen. There are mainly two types of decoder in the Hercules, an analog decoder that decodes only Mono, regardless of any standards, and a digital decoder (or DEMDEC) that can decode both Mono as well as Stereo, again regardless of any standards. In this chassis, the analog decoder is used in two cases: It is used for AM Sound demodulation in the Europe SECAM LL transmission. It is used for all FM demodulation in AP AV-Stereo sets.
9.9
Audio Amplifier
The audio amplifier part is very straightforward. It uses the integrated power amplifier TDA2616Q, and delivers a maximum output of 2 x 10 W_rms. The maximum operating condition for this amplifier is 21 V unloaded. Normal operating supply is from 7.5 V to 16 V. Muting is done via the VOLUME_MUTE line connected to pin 2 of the amplifier-IC and coming from the UOC. The following table shows pin functionality of the Audio Amplifier: Table 9-13 Pinning overview TDA2616
9.8.1
Diversity The diversity for the Audio decoding can be divided into two main concepts: The Quasi Split Sound concept used in Europe and some AP sets. The Inter Carrier concept, used in NAFTA and LATAM. The UOC-III family makes no difference anymore between QSS- and Intercarrier IF, nearly all types are softwareswitchable between the two SAW-filter constructions. Simple data settings are required for the set to determine whether it is using the Inter Carrier or the QSS concept. These settings are done via the QSS and FMI bit found in SAM mode. Due to the diversity involved, the data for the 2 bits are being placed in the NVM location and it is required to write once during startup. On top of that, it can be further broken down into various systems depending on the region. The systems or region chosen, will in turn affect the type of sound standard that is/are allowed to be decoded. For the case of Europe, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/ LL for a Multi-System set. There are also versions of Eastern Europe and Western Europe set and the standard for decoding will be BG/DK and I/DK respectively. FM Radio is a feature diversity for the Europe sets. The same version can have either FM Radio or not, independent of the system (e.g. sets with BG/DK/I/LL can have or not have FM radio).
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Pin Name Input Left Mute Ground Output L Channel Supply Voltage (negative) Output R Channel Supply Voltage (positive) Inverting inputs L and R Input Right
Normal Operation Input AC signal 16 V_dc 0V AC waveform -16 V_dc AC waveform + 16 V_dc 0V Input AC signal
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets 9.10 Abbreviation list
2CS ACI 2 Carrier (or Channel) Stereo Automatic Channel Installation: algorithm that installs TV sets directly from cable network by means of a predefined TXT page Analogue to Digital Converter Automatic Frequency Control: control signal used to tune to the correct frequency Automatic Fine Tuning Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box Amplitude Modulation Asia Pacific region Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9 Automatic Tuning System External Audio Video Automatic Volume Leveler Beam Current Limitation Monochrome TV system. Sound carrier distance is 5.5 MHz Broadcast Television Standard Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound system, originating from the USA and used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries Closed Caption Continuous Cathode Calibration Computer aided rePair Cathode Ray Tube or picture tube Customer Service Mode Color Transient Improvement: manipulates steepness of chroma transients Composite Video Blanking and Synchronization Component Video Input Digital to Analogue Converter Dynamic Bass Expander or noise reduction system in BTSC Monochrome TV system. Sound carrier distance is 6.5 MHz Direction For Use: description for the end user Dynamic Noise Reduction Digital Signal Processing Dealer Service Tool: special remote control designed for dealers to enter e.g. service mode Digital Versatile Disc Electrically Erasable and Programmable Read Only Memory Extra High Tension Extra High Tension information Electronic Programming Guide Europe East West, related to horizontal deflection of the set External (source), entering the set via SCART or Cinch Fast Blanking: DC signal accompanying RGB signals Filament of CRT Field Memory or Frequency Modulation Horizontal sync signal Headphone Monochrome TV system. Sound carrier distance is 6.0 MHz Integrated IC bus Intermediate Frequency IIC ITV LA LATAM LED L/L'
L04L AA
9.
EN 91
ADC AFC
LS M/N NA
AFT AGC
Integrated IC bus Institutional TV See LATAM Latin American countries like Brazil, Argentina, etc. Light Emitting Diode Monochrome TV system. Sound carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band I, L is all bands except for Band I Large Screen or Loudspeaker Monochrome TV system. Sound carrier distance is 4.5 MHz Not Applicable, or
AM AP AR ATS AV AVL BCL B/G BTSC
CC CCC ComPair CRT CSM CTI
CVBS CVI DAC DBX D/K DFU DNR DSP DST
DVD EEPROM EHT EHT-INFO EPG EU EW EXT FBL FILAMENT FM H HP I I2C IF
EN 92
9.
L04L AA

9.11.1 Diagram H, TDA9178 (IC7610)
9.11 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as "black boxes" in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of "memory" and "logic" ICs).
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Sout
Luminance vector processing
spectral processing
Yin Uin Vin
inputstage U,V
luminance processing
black stretch histogram processing gamma control
smart peaking LTI VDC
Yout + output stage Uout Vout
CDS colour vector processing
DECDIG
saturation correction
delay control
CTI
Vcc ground Sandcastle
supply skin tone correction green enhancement blue stretch window generation noise measuring calibrate featuremode detection
colour processing
CF
"cue flash" ADext1 (low frequencies) ADext2 (low frequencies) ADext3 (low frequencies)
ADC
I 2C
I2C-control
PIN CONFIGURATION
Sc Nc ADEXT1 ADEXT2 ADEXT3 Yin ADR Uin Vin TP SCL Nc
1 2 3 4 5 6
24 23 22 21 20 19
Nc Nc CF Sout Vcc Yout Vee Uout Vout DECDIG SDA Nc

E_14480_075.eps 270204
TDA9178
7 8 9 10 11 12 18 17 16 15 14 13
Figure 9-6 Internal Block Diagram and Pin Configuration
Spare Parts List
L04L AA
10.
EN 93
10. Spare Parts List

Not applicable
EN 94
11.
L04L AA
Revision List
11. Revision List

First release.

Philips Chassis L04L AA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Philips Chassis L04L AA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Colour Television

Published by BB 0463 Service PaCE

Printed in the Netherlands

EN 3122 785 14440

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

Top Control and Front / Side Connections

RED IR LIGHT SENSOR LED (OPTIONAL) TOP CONTROL

: from 56 W (25) : to 70 W (32) : <1W

MONITOR OUT VIDEO L/Mono AUDIO R Pr Y Pb

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Figure 1-2 Rear connections Aerial In - F-type

0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

GND GND 1 V_pp / 75 ohm 0.3 V_pp / 75 ohm

CRT ECO SCAVEM CRT PANEL TOP CONTROL PANEL

SIDE AV PANEL + HEADPHONE

FRONT INTERFACE PANEL

POWER SUPPLY LINE DEFLECTION

LTI/CTI INTERFACE PANEL

LINEARITY & PANORAMA PANEL

Figure 1-3 PWB location

Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

BASIC ANTENNA AND CABLE CONNECTIONS

3. Directions for Use

Directions for Use

AV1 in VIDEO Y L/Mono Pb AUDIO

S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Jack Panel Back of TV

CABLE BOX CONNECTIONS

Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):

Cable Signal IN from the Cable Company

Directions for Use

Example of Models 27PT5441/37 and 32PT5441/37

o load the supplied batteries into the remote:

1. Remove the battery compartment lid on the back of the remote.

AV (AUDIO/VIDEO) INPUT CONNECTION SIDE AV CONNECTIONS

Directions for Use

Jack Panel of Accessory Device

Turn the TV and the accessory device ON.

S-VIDEO (S-VHS) INPUT CONNECTIONS

COMPONENT VIDEO (CVI) INPUT CONNECTIONS

VIDEO Y L/Mono Pb S-VIDEO R Pr COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Audio Cables (Red & White)

AUDIO R OUT OUT OUT

Component Video Cables (Green, Blue, Red)

Audio Cables (Red & White)

Directions for Use

Accessory Device Equipped with Component Video Outputs

Turn the VCR and the TV ON.

MONITOR OUT(PUT) CONNECTIONS REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON DESCRIPTIONS

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Directions for Use

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON DESCRIPTIONS

HOW TO USE THE LANGUAGE CONTROL

POWER Button Press to turn the TV on or off.

Install Language Tuner Mode Auto Program Channel Edit

Instalar Idioma Sinton a Auto Programa Editar Canal

Directions for Use

Installation Langue Mode synt. Progr. auto. diter progr.

CH(annel) + or CH(annel)- Buttons Press to select channels in ascending or descending order.